Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui_mac.c @ 2215:cccb71c2c5c1 vim73
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
A few minor changes.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Mon, 24 May 2010 11:59:29 +0200 |
| parents | a9f814054152 |
| children | 02cf6d461e3f |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb | |
| 5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant | |
| 6 * and Axel Kielhorn | |
| 1106 | 7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer |
| 7 | 8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore |
| 9 * | |
| 10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 13 */ | |
| 14 | |
| 15 /* | |
| 593 | 16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x |
| 856 | 17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book: |
| 18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books" | |
| 7 | 19 */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse | |
| 25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize, | |
| 26 * ScrapManager error handling. | |
| 27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize. | |
| 28 * | |
| 29 */ | |
| 30 | |
| 1107 | 31 /* TODO (Jussi) |
| 32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases) | |
| 33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems | |
| 34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that) | |
| 35 */ | |
| 7 | 36 |
| 37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */ | |
| 38 #include "vim.h" | |
| 39 | |
| 593 | 40 #define USE_CARBONIZED |
| 41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */ | |
| 42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */ | |
| 7 | 43 |
| 44 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */ | |
| 45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT) | |
| 46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */ | |
| 47 #endif | |
| 48 | |
| 9 | 49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */ |
| 50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!' | |
| 838 | 51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 52 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode | |
| 53 #else | |
| 54 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeText | |
| 55 #endif | |
| 9 | 56 |
| 7 | 57 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 593 | 58 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion; |
| 59 | |
| 766 | 60 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 61 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 1562 | 62 |
| 63 static int im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 64 #if 0 | |
| 1702 | 65 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 66 static int im_start_row = 0; |
| 67 static int im_start_col = 0; | |
| 68 #endif | |
| 69 | |
| 70 #define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) | |
| 71 | |
| 72 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument; | |
| 73 | |
| 74 static void im_on_window_switch(int active); | |
| 168 | 75 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 1562 | 76 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 77 | |
| 78 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 79 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 80 | |
| 81 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 82 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 83 | |
| 84 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 85 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 86 | |
| 87 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event( | |
| 88 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 89 | |
| 168 | 90 #endif |
| 91 | |
| 7 | 92 |
| 93 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */ | |
| 94 #include <Menus.h> | |
| 95 #include <Resources.h> | |
| 96 #include <Processes.h> | |
| 97 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 98 # include <AppleEvents.h> | |
| 99 # include <AERegistry.h> | |
| 100 #endif | |
| 101 # include <Gestalt.h> | |
| 102 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330 | |
| 103 # include <ControlDefinitions.h> | |
| 104 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 106 | |
| 593 | 107 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported |
| 108 * under Carbon (Jussi) */ | |
| 109 # if 0 | |
| 7 | 110 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/ |
| 593 | 111 # include <MacHelp.h> |
| 112 # endif | |
| 7 | 113 |
| 114 /* | |
| 593 | 115 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in |
| 116 * headers? (Jussi) | |
| 7 | 117 */ |
| 118 #define kNothing 0 | |
| 119 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/ | |
| 120 #define kCreateRect 2 | |
| 121 #define kDestroy 3 | |
| 122 | |
| 123 /* | |
| 124 * Dany: Don't like those... | |
| 125 */ | |
| 126 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0]) | |
| 127 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1]) | |
| 128 | |
| 129 | |
| 130 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */ | |
| 131 static long lastMouseTick = 0; | |
| 132 | |
| 133 /* ??? */ | |
| 134 static RgnHandle cursorRgn; | |
| 135 static RgnHandle dragRgn; | |
| 136 static Rect dragRect; | |
| 137 static short dragRectEnbl; | |
| 138 static short dragRectControl; | |
| 139 | |
| 140 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment | |
| 141 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands | |
| 142 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected | |
| 143 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working). | |
| 144 */ | |
| 145 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 146 | |
| 147 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */ | |
| 148 static short clickIsPopup; | |
| 149 | |
| 150 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */ | |
| 151 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction; | |
| 152 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag; | |
| 153 | |
| 154 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */ | |
| 155 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 156 | |
| 1572 | 157 /* Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs */ |
| 158 static short *gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 159 | |
| 13 | 160 static struct |
| 161 { | |
| 162 FMFontFamily family; | |
| 163 FMFontSize size; | |
| 164 FMFontStyle style; | |
| 165 Boolean isPanelVisible; | |
| 166 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false }; | |
| 593 | 167 |
| 766 | 168 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 169 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 170 int p_macatsui_last; |
| 168 | 171 ATSUStyle gFontStyle; |
| 1562 | 172 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 173 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle; | |
| 174 # endif | |
| 168 | 175 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet; |
| 176 #endif | |
| 177 | |
| 7 | 178 /* Colors Macros */ |
| 179 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b) | |
| 180 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16) | |
| 181 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8) | |
| 182 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0) | |
| 183 | |
| 184 /* Key mapping */ | |
| 185 | |
| 186 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */ | |
| 187 | |
| 188 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */ | |
| 189 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/ | |
| 190 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/ | |
| 191 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/ | |
| 192 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/ | |
| 193 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/ | |
| 194 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/ | |
| 195 #define vk_F8 0x64 | |
| 196 #define vk_F9 0x65 | |
| 197 #define vk_F10 0x6D | |
| 198 #define vk_F11 0x67 | |
| 199 #define vk_F12 0x6F | |
| 200 #define vk_F13 0x69 | |
| 201 #define vk_F14 0x6B | |
| 202 #define vk_F15 0x71 | |
| 203 | |
| 204 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */ | |
| 205 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */ | |
| 206 | |
| 207 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */ | |
| 208 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */ | |
| 209 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 210 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */ | |
| 211 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */ | |
| 212 | |
| 213 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */ | |
| 214 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */ | |
| 215 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 216 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */ | |
| 217 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */ | |
| 218 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */ | |
| 219 | |
| 220 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */ | |
| 221 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */ | |
| 222 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */ | |
| 223 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */ | |
| 224 | |
| 225 #define vk_Undo vk_F1 | |
| 226 #define vk_Cut vk_F2 | |
| 227 #define vk_Copy vk_F3 | |
| 228 #define vk_Paste vk_F4 | |
| 229 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13 | |
| 230 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14 | |
| 231 #define vk_Pause vk_F15 | |
| 232 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr | |
| 233 #define vk_Insert vk_Help | |
| 234 | |
| 235 #define KeySym char | |
| 236 | |
| 237 static struct | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 240 char_u vim_code0; | |
| 241 char_u vim_code1; | |
| 242 } special_keys[] = | |
| 243 { | |
| 244 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
| 245 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
| 246 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
| 247 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
| 248 | |
| 249 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'}, | |
| 250 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'}, | |
| 251 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'}, | |
| 252 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'}, | |
| 253 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'}, | |
| 254 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'}, | |
| 255 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'}, | |
| 256 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'}, | |
| 257 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'}, | |
| 258 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'}, | |
| 259 | |
| 260 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'}, | |
| 261 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'}, | |
| 262 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'}, | |
| 263 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'}, | |
| 264 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'}, | |
| 265 | |
| 266 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */ | |
| 267 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */ | |
| 268 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */ | |
| 269 #ifndef MACOS_X | |
| 270 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'}, | |
| 271 #endif | |
| 272 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'}, | |
| 273 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'}, | |
| 274 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'}, | |
| 275 {vk_End, '@', '7'}, | |
| 276 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */ | |
| 277 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */ | |
| 278 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */ | |
| 279 | |
| 280 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'}, | |
| 281 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'}, | |
| 282 | |
| 283 /* End of list marker: */ | |
| 284 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0} | |
| 285 }; | |
| 286 | |
| 287 /* | |
| 288 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 289 * Forward declaration (for those needed) | |
| 290 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 291 */ | |
| 292 | |
| 293 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 9 | 294 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent); |
| 7 | 295 #endif |
| 296 | |
| 1106 | 297 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 298 static void initialise_tabline(void); | |
| 299 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h | |
| 300 #endif | |
| 301 | |
| 1562 | 302 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 303 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font); | |
| 304 static void gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void); | |
| 305 #endif | |
| 306 | |
| 7 | 307 /* |
| 308 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 309 * Conversion Utility | |
| 310 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 311 */ | |
| 312 | |
| 313 /* | |
| 314 * C2Pascal_save | |
| 315 * | |
| 316 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 317 * into a pascal string | |
| 318 * | |
| 319 */ | |
| 320 | |
| 593 | 321 char_u * |
| 322 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 323 { |
| 324 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 325 int len; | |
| 326 | |
| 327 if (Cstring == NULL) | |
| 328 return NULL; | |
| 329 | |
| 330 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 331 | |
| 332 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 333 len = 255; | |
| 334 | |
| 335 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 336 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 337 { | |
| 338 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len); | |
| 339 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 340 } | |
| 341 | |
| 342 return PascalString; | |
| 343 } | |
| 344 | |
| 345 /* | |
| 346 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash | |
| 347 * | |
| 348 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 349 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time | |
| 350 * | |
| 351 */ | |
| 352 | |
| 593 | 353 char_u * |
| 354 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 355 { |
| 356 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 357 int len; | |
| 358 char_u *p, *c; | |
| 359 | |
| 360 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 361 | |
| 362 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 363 len = 255; | |
| 364 | |
| 365 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 366 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 367 { | |
| 368 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++) | |
| 369 { | |
| 370 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0)) | |
| 371 { | |
| 372 c++; | |
| 373 } | |
| 374 *p = *c; | |
| 375 p++; | |
| 376 len++; | |
| 377 } | |
| 378 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 379 } | |
| 380 | |
| 381 return PascalString; | |
| 382 } | |
| 383 | |
| 384 /* | |
| 385 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse) | |
| 386 */ | |
| 387 | |
| 388 int_u | |
| 389 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 390 { | |
| 391 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 392 | |
| 393 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 394 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 395 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 396 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 397 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 398 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 399 #if 0 | |
| 400 /* Not yet supported */ | |
| 401 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 402 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD; | |
| 403 #endif | |
| 404 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 405 } | |
| 406 | |
| 407 /* | |
| 408 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys) | |
| 409 */ | |
| 410 | |
| 411 static int_u | |
| 412 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 413 { | |
| 414 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 415 | |
| 416 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 417 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 418 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 419 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 420 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 421 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 422 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY | |
| 423 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 424 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD; | |
| 425 #endif | |
| 426 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 427 } | |
| 428 | |
| 429 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should | |
| 430 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or | |
| 431 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted | |
| 432 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this | |
| 433 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one. | |
| 434 * | |
| 435 * From gui_w48.c | |
| 436 */ | |
| 437 static int | |
| 438 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical) | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 int pixels; | |
| 441 int points = 0; | |
| 442 int divisor = 0; | |
| 443 | |
| 444 while (*str) | |
| 445 { | |
| 446 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0) | |
| 447 { | |
| 448 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */ | |
| 449 divisor = 1; | |
| 450 continue; | |
| 451 } | |
| 452 | |
| 453 if (!isdigit(*str)) | |
| 454 break; | |
| 455 | |
| 456 points *= 10; | |
| 457 points += *str - '0'; | |
| 458 divisor *= 10; | |
| 459 | |
| 460 ++str; | |
| 461 } | |
| 462 | |
| 463 if (divisor == 0) | |
| 464 divisor = 1; | |
| 465 | |
| 466 pixels = points/divisor; | |
| 467 *end = str; | |
| 468 return pixels; | |
| 469 } | |
| 470 | |
| 766 | 471 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 472 /* |
| 473 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any | |
| 474 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title. | |
| 475 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string. | |
| 476 */ | |
| 477 static CFStringRef | |
| 593 | 478 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 168 | 479 { |
| 480 CFStringRef name; | |
| 481 size_t menuTitleLen; | |
| 482 CFIndex displayLen; | |
| 483 CFRange mnemonicStart; | |
| 484 CFRange mnemonicEnd; | |
| 485 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName; | |
| 486 | |
| 487 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname); | |
| 1621 | 488 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen); |
| 168 | 489 |
| 490 if (name) | |
| 491 { | |
| 492 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized | |
| 493 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */ | |
| 494 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards); | |
| 495 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name); | |
| 496 | |
| 497 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound | |
| 498 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen | |
| 499 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name, | |
| 500 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic) | |
| 501 { | |
| 502 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"), | |
| 503 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1, | |
| 504 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1), | |
| 505 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) && | |
| 506 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location) | |
| 507 { | |
| 508 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name); | |
| 509 if (cleanedName) | |
| 510 { | |
| 511 CFStringDelete(cleanedName, | |
| 512 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location, | |
| 513 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 - | |
| 514 mnemonicStart.location)); | |
| 515 | |
| 516 CFRelease(name); | |
| 517 name = cleanedName; | |
| 518 } | |
| 519 } | |
| 520 } | |
| 521 } | |
| 522 | |
| 523 return name; | |
| 524 } | |
| 525 #endif | |
| 526 | |
| 7 | 527 /* |
| 528 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname | |
| 529 * character strings. | |
| 530 */ | |
| 531 | |
| 593 | 532 char_u ** |
| 533 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error) | |
| 7 | 534 { |
| 535 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 536 OSErr newError; | |
| 537 long fileCount; | |
| 538 FSSpec fileToOpen; | |
| 539 long actualSize; | |
| 540 AEKeyword dummyKeyword; | |
| 541 DescType dummyType; | |
| 542 | |
| 543 /* Get number of files in list */ | |
| 544 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles); | |
| 545 if (*error) | |
| 1107 | 546 return fnames; |
| 7 | 547 |
| 548 /* Allocate the pointer list */ | |
| 549 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 550 | |
| 551 /* Empty out the list */ | |
| 552 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 553 fnames[fileCount] = NULL; | |
| 554 | |
| 555 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */ | |
| 556 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 557 { | |
| 558 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */ | |
| 559 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS, | |
| 560 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 561 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize); | |
| 562 if (newError) | |
| 563 { | |
| 564 /* Caller is able to clean up */ | |
| 565 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */ | |
| 1107 | 566 return fnames; |
| 7 | 567 } |
| 568 | |
| 569 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */ | |
| 9 | 570 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen); |
| 7 | 571 } |
| 572 | |
| 573 return (fnames); | |
| 574 } | |
| 575 | |
| 576 /* | |
| 577 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 578 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support | |
| 579 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 580 */ | |
| 581 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 582 | |
| 583 /* | |
| 584 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior | |
| 585 * | |
| 586 * Description | |
| 587 * ----------- | |
| 588 * | |
| 589 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it | |
| 590 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor. | |
| 591 * | |
| 592 * Event Reply | |
| 593 * ----------- | |
| 594 * | |
| 595 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received. | |
| 596 * | |
| 597 * Remarks | |
| 598 * ------- | |
| 599 * | |
| 600 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified | |
| 601 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file | |
| 602 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is | |
| 9 | 603 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location. |
| 7 | 604 * |
| 605 */ | |
| 606 | |
| 607 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch; | |
| 608 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 609 { | |
| 610 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 611 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time | |
| 612 }; | |
| 613 | |
| 9 | 614 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 615 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE( |
| 616 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 617 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 618 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 619 { |
| 620 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 621 buf_T *buf; | |
| 622 int foundFile = false; | |
| 623 DescType typeCode; | |
| 624 WindowSearch SearchData; | |
| 625 Size actualSize; | |
| 626 | |
| 627 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize); | |
| 628 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 629 return error; |
| 7 | 630 |
| 9 | 631 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 632 if (error) |
| 1107 | 633 return error; |
| 7 | 634 |
| 635 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 636 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL | |
| 637 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID | |
| 638 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] | |
| 639 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0) | |
| 640 { | |
| 641 foundFile = true; | |
| 642 break; | |
| 643 } | |
| 644 | |
| 645 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 646 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 647 else | |
| 648 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 649 | |
| 650 return error; | |
| 651 }; | |
| 652 | |
| 653 /* | |
| 654 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior | |
| 655 * | |
| 656 * Description | |
| 657 * ----------- | |
| 658 * | |
| 659 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to | |
| 660 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified. | |
| 661 * | |
| 662 * Parameters None. | |
| 663 * ---------- | |
| 664 * | |
| 665 * Event Reply | |
| 666 * ----------- | |
| 667 * The reply for this event is: | |
| 668 * | |
| 669 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required | |
| 670 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar | |
| 671 * | |
| 672 * Remarks | |
| 673 * ------- | |
| 674 * | |
| 675 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for | |
| 676 * each open file that has been modified. | |
| 677 * | |
| 678 */ | |
| 679 | |
| 680 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo; | |
| 681 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/ | |
| 682 { | |
| 683 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 684 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified | |
| 685 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused | |
| 686 }; | |
| 687 | |
| 9 | 688 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 689 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE( |
| 690 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 691 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 692 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 693 { |
| 694 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 695 AEDescList replyList; | |
| 696 long numFiles; | |
| 697 ModificationInfo theFile; | |
| 698 buf_T *buf; | |
| 699 | |
| 700 theFile.saved = 0; | |
| 701 | |
| 9 | 702 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 703 if (error) |
| 1107 | 704 return error; |
| 7 | 705 |
| 706 /* Send the reply */ | |
| 707 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull; | |
| 708 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/ | |
| 709 | |
| 710 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */ | |
| 711 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList); | |
| 712 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 713 return error; |
| 7 | 714 |
| 715 #if 0 | |
| 716 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 9 | 717 |
| 718 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc) | |
| 719 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType, | |
| 7 | 720 * sizeof(DescType)) |
| 721 */ | |
| 722 | |
| 723 /* AEPutDesc */ | |
| 724 #endif | |
| 725 | |
| 726 numFiles = 0; | |
| 727 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 728 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) | |
| 729 { | |
| 730 /* Add this file to the list */ | |
| 731 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 732 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 9 | 733 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */ |
| 734 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile)); | |
| 7 | 735 }; |
| 736 | |
| 737 #if 0 | |
| 738 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 739 #endif | |
| 740 | |
| 741 /* We can add data only if something to reply */ | |
| 9 | 742 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList); |
| 7 | 743 |
| 744 if (replyList.dataHandle) | |
| 745 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList); | |
| 746 | |
| 747 return error; | |
| 748 }; | |
| 749 | |
| 750 /* | |
| 751 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior | |
| 752 * | |
| 753 * Description | |
| 754 * ----------- | |
| 755 * | |
| 756 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs | |
| 757 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a | |
| 758 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to | |
| 759 * the source code contained in the file. | |
| 760 * | |
| 761 * Event Reply | |
| 762 * ----------- | |
| 763 * | |
| 764 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received. | |
| 765 * | |
| 766 * Remarks | |
| 767 * ------- | |
| 768 * | |
| 769 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle | |
| 770 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire | |
| 771 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in | |
| 772 * theText. | |
| 773 * | |
| 774 */ | |
| 775 | |
| 776 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText; | |
| 777 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 778 { | |
| 779 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */ | |
| 780 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */ | |
| 781 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */ | |
| 782 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */ | |
| 783 }; | |
| 784 | |
| 9 | 785 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 786 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE( |
| 787 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 788 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 789 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 790 { |
| 791 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 792 buf_T *buf; | |
| 793 int foundFile = false; | |
| 794 DescType typeCode; | |
| 795 CW_GetText GetTextData; | |
| 796 Size actualSize; | |
| 797 char_u *line; | |
| 798 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL; | |
| 799 long linesize; | |
| 800 long lineStart; | |
| 801 long BufferSize; | |
| 802 long lineno; | |
| 803 | |
| 804 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize); | |
| 805 | |
| 806 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 807 return error; |
| 7 | 808 |
| 809 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 810 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) | |
| 811 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID) | |
| 812 { | |
| 813 foundFile = true; | |
| 814 break; | |
| 815 } | |
| 816 | |
| 817 if (foundFile) | |
| 818 { | |
| 9 | 819 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */ |
| 7 | 820 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++) |
| 821 { | |
| 822 /* Must use the right buffer */ | |
| 823 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE); | |
| 824 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1; | |
| 825 lineStart = BufferSize; | |
| 826 BufferSize += linesize; | |
| 827 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */ | |
| 9 | 828 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize); |
| 829 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize) | |
| 7 | 830 { |
| 831 break; /* Simple handling for now */ | |
| 832 } | |
| 833 else | |
| 834 { | |
| 9 | 835 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 836 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText; |
| 9 | 837 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line); |
| 7 | 838 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r'; |
| 9 | 839 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 840 } |
| 841 } | |
| 842 if (fullbuffer != NULL) | |
| 843 { | |
| 9 | 844 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 845 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0; |
| 9 | 846 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 847 } |
| 848 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 849 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 850 else | |
| 9 | 851 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/ |
| 7 | 852 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; |
| 853 } | |
| 9 | 854 |
| 855 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); | |
| 1107 | 856 |
| 857 return error; | |
| 7 | 858 } |
| 859 | |
| 860 /* | |
| 861 * | |
| 862 */ | |
| 863 | |
| 864 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/ | |
| 593 | 865 pascal OSErr |
| 866 FindProcessBySignature( | |
| 867 const OSType targetType, | |
| 868 const OSType targetCreator, | |
| 869 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr) | |
| 7 | 870 { |
| 871 OSErr anErr = noErr; | |
| 872 Boolean lookingForProcess = true; | |
| 873 | |
| 874 ProcessInfoRec infoRec; | |
| 875 | |
| 9 | 876 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec); |
| 7 | 877 infoRec.processName = nil; |
| 878 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil; | |
| 879 | |
| 880 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 881 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 882 | |
| 9 | 883 while (lookingForProcess) |
| 7 | 884 { |
| 9 | 885 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr); |
| 886 if (anErr != noErr) | |
| 7 | 887 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 888 else | |
| 889 { | |
| 9 | 890 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec); |
| 891 if ((anErr == noErr) | |
| 892 && (infoRec.processType == targetType) | |
| 893 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator)) | |
| 7 | 894 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 895 } | |
| 896 } | |
| 897 | |
| 898 return anErr; | |
| 899 }//end FindProcessBySignature | |
| 900 | |
| 9 | 901 void |
| 902 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf) | |
| 7 | 903 { |
| 9 | 904 OSErr anErr = noErr; |
| 905 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 7 | 906 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess }; |
| 907 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 908 AESendMode sendMode; | |
| 909 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil }; | |
| 910 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil; | |
| 911 ModificationInfo ModData; | |
| 912 | |
| 913 | |
| 9 | 914 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn); |
| 915 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 916 { |
| 9 | 917 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn, |
| 918 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc); | |
| 919 | |
| 920 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 921 { |
| 922 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc, | |
| 923 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent); | |
| 924 } | |
| 925 | |
| 9 | 926 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc); |
| 7 | 927 |
| 928 /* Add the parms */ | |
| 929 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 930 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 931 | |
| 932 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 9 | 933 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData)); |
| 934 | |
| 935 if (idleProcUPP == nil) | |
| 7 | 936 sendMode = kAENoReply; |
| 937 else | |
| 938 sendMode = kAEWaitReply; | |
| 939 | |
| 9 | 940 if (anErr == noErr) |
| 941 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil); | |
| 942 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply) | |
| 7 | 943 { |
| 9 | 944 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/ |
| 7 | 945 } |
| 9 | 946 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply); |
| 7 | 947 } |
| 948 } | |
| 949 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */ | |
| 950 | |
| 951 /* | |
| 952 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 953 * Apple Event Handling procedure | |
| 954 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 955 */ | |
| 956 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 957 | |
| 958 /* | |
| 959 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent | |
| 960 */ | |
| 961 | |
| 9 | 962 OSErr |
| 963 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent) | |
| 7 | 964 { |
| 965 OSErr error; | |
| 966 long actualSize; | |
| 967 DescType dummyType; | |
| 968 AEKeyword missedKeyword; | |
| 969 | |
| 970 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */ | |
| 971 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, | |
| 972 typeKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 973 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword), | |
| 974 &actualSize); | |
| 975 | |
| 976 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */ | |
| 977 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 978 { | |
| 979 error = noErr; | |
| 980 } | |
| 981 else | |
| 982 { | |
| 983 #if 0 | |
| 984 /* Why is this removed? */ | |
| 985 error = errAEEventNotHandled; | |
| 986 #endif | |
| 987 } | |
| 988 | |
| 989 return error; | |
| 990 } | |
| 991 | |
| 992 | |
| 993 /* | |
| 994 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent | |
| 995 * | |
| 996 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon. | |
| 997 * | |
| 998 */ | |
| 999 | |
| 1000 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange; | |
| 1001 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */ | |
| 1002 { | |
| 1003 short unused1; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1004 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range) | |
| 1005 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 1006 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 1007 long unused2; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1008 long theDate; // modification date/time | |
| 1009 }; | |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed- | |
| 1012 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text | |
| 1013 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in | |
| 1014 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll | |
| 1015 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and | |
| 1016 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified. | |
| 1017 */ | |
| 1018 | |
| 9 | 1019 pascal OSErr |
| 1020 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1021 { |
| 1022 /* | |
| 1023 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into | |
| 1024 * a ":args" | |
| 1025 */ | |
| 1026 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1027 // OSErr firstError = noErr; | |
| 1028 // short numErrors = 0; | |
| 1029 AEDesc theList; | |
| 1030 DescType typeCode; | |
| 1031 long numFiles; | |
| 1032 // long fileCount; | |
| 1033 char_u **fnames; | |
| 1034 // char_u fname[256]; | |
| 1035 Size actualSize; | |
| 1036 SelectionRange thePosition; | |
| 1037 short gotPosition = false; | |
| 1038 long lnum; | |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */ | |
| 1041 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList); | |
| 1042 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1043 return error; |
| 7 | 1044 |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize); | |
| 1047 if (error == noErr) | |
| 1048 gotPosition = true; | |
| 1049 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 1050 error = noErr; | |
| 1051 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1052 return error; |
| 7 | 1053 |
| 1054 /* | |
| 1055 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition); | |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 if (^error) then | |
| 1058 { | |
| 1059 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1060 { | |
| 1061 // Goto this line | |
| 1062 } | |
| 1063 else | |
| 1064 { | |
| 1065 // Set the range char wise | |
| 1066 } | |
| 1067 } | |
| 1068 */ | |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 1072 reset_VIsual(); | |
| 1073 #endif | |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 if (error) | |
| 1078 { | |
| 1079 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */ | |
| 1080 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 1081 return (error); | |
| 1082 } | |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 if (starting > 0) | |
| 1085 { | |
| 1086 int i; | |
| 1087 char_u *p; | |
| 1409 | 1088 int fnum = -1; |
| 7 | 1089 |
| 1090 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */ | |
| 1091 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++) | |
| 1092 { | |
| 1093 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL | |
| 1094 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL) | |
| 1095 mch_exit(2); | |
| 1096 else | |
| 1097 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2); | |
| 1409 | 1098 if (fnum == -1) |
| 1099 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum; | |
| 1100 } | |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch | |
| 1103 * to it. */ | |
| 1104 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum) | |
| 1105 { | |
| 1106 char_u cmd[30]; | |
| 1107 | |
| 1108 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum); | |
| 1109 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
| 7 | 1110 } |
| 816 | 1111 |
| 1112 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */ | |
| 1113 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])) == OK) | |
| 1114 shorten_fnames(TRUE); | |
| 1115 | |
| 7 | 1116 goto finished; |
| 1117 } | |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */ | |
| 1120 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE); | |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */ | |
| 1123 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition)) | |
| 1124 { | |
| 1125 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1126 { | |
| 37 | 1127 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1; |
| 7 | 1128 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE; |
| 1129 setpcmark();*/ | |
| 1130 if (lnum < 1L) | |
| 1131 lnum = 1L; | |
| 1132 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1133 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 1134 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 37 | 1135 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 1136 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/ |
| 1137 } | |
| 1138 else | |
| 1139 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1); | |
| 1140 } | |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 /* Update the screen display */ | |
| 1143 update_screen(NOT_VALID); | |
| 37 | 1144 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 1145 /* Select the text if possible */ | |
| 1146 if (gotPosition) | |
| 1147 { | |
| 168 | 1148 VIsual_active = TRUE; |
| 1149 VIsual_select = FALSE; | |
| 1150 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1151 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0) | |
| 37 | 1152 { |
| 168 | 1153 VIsual_mode = 'v'; |
| 1154 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange); | |
| 1155 } | |
| 1156 else | |
| 37 | 1157 { |
| 168 | 1158 VIsual_mode = 'V'; |
| 1159 VIsual.col = 0; | |
| 1160 } | |
| 37 | 1161 } |
| 1162 #endif | |
| 7 | 1163 setcursor(); |
| 1164 out_flush(); | |
| 1165 | |
| 37 | 1166 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ |
| 1167 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 1168 | |
| 1107 | 1169 finished: |
| 7 | 1170 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */ |
| 1171 | |
| 9 | 1172 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1173 return error; |
| 7 | 1174 } |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 /* | |
| 1177 * | |
| 1178 */ | |
| 1179 | |
| 9 | 1180 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1181 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE( |
| 1182 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1183 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1184 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1185 { |
| 1186 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1187 | |
| 9 | 1188 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1189 return error; |
| 7 | 1190 } |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 /* | |
| 1193 * | |
| 1194 */ | |
| 1195 | |
| 9 | 1196 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1197 Handle_aevt_quit_AE( |
| 1198 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1199 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1200 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1201 { |
| 1202 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1203 | |
| 9 | 1204 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 1205 if (error) |
| 1107 | 1206 return error; |
| 7 | 1207 |
| 1208 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */ | |
| 1209 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa"); | |
| 1210 | |
| 1107 | 1211 return error; |
| 7 | 1212 } |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 /* | |
| 1215 * | |
| 1216 */ | |
| 1217 | |
| 9 | 1218 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1219 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE( |
| 1220 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1221 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1222 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1223 { |
| 1224 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1225 | |
| 9 | 1226 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1227 |
| 1228 return error; | |
| 7 | 1229 } |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 /* | |
| 1232 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent | |
| 1233 * | |
| 1234 * (Just get rid of all the parms) | |
| 1235 */ | |
| 9 | 1236 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1237 Handle_unknown_AE( |
| 1238 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1239 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1240 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1241 { |
| 1242 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1243 | |
| 9 | 1244 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1245 |
| 1246 return error; | |
| 7 | 1247 } |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 /* | |
| 1251 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers | |
| 1252 */ | |
| 9 | 1253 OSErr |
| 1254 InstallAEHandlers(void) | |
| 7 | 1255 { |
| 1256 OSErr error; | |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 /* install open application handler */ | |
| 1259 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, | |
| 593 | 1260 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1261 if (error) |
| 1262 { | |
| 1263 return error; | |
| 1264 } | |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 /* install quit application handler */ | |
| 1267 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, | |
| 593 | 1268 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1269 if (error) |
| 1270 { | |
| 1271 return error; | |
| 1272 } | |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 /* install open document handler */ | |
| 1275 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1276 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1277 if (error) |
| 1278 { | |
| 1279 return error; | |
| 1280 } | |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 /* install print document handler */ | |
| 1283 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1284 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1285 |
| 1286 /* Install Core Suite */ | |
| 1287 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone, | |
| 593 | 1288 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1289 |
| 1290 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose, | |
| 593 | 1291 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1292 |
| 1293 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements, | |
| 593 | 1294 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1295 |
| 1296 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement, | |
| 593 | 1297 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1298 |
| 1299 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete, | |
| 593 | 1300 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1301 |
| 1302 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist, | |
| 593 | 1303 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1304 |
| 1305 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData, | |
| 593 | 1306 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false); |
| 7 | 1307 |
| 1308 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize, | |
| 593 | 1309 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false); |
| 7 | 1310 |
| 1311 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo, | |
| 593 | 1312 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1313 |
| 1314 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo, | |
| 593 | 1315 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1316 |
| 1317 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove, | |
| 593 | 1318 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1319 |
| 1320 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave, | |
| 593 | 1321 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1322 |
| 1323 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData, | |
| 593 | 1324 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1325 */ |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 1328 /* | |
| 1329 * Bind codewarrior support handlers | |
| 1330 */ | |
| 1331 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX', | |
| 593 | 1332 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1333 if (error) |
| 1334 { | |
| 1335 return error; | |
| 1336 } | |
| 1337 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH', | |
| 593 | 1338 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1339 if (error) |
| 1340 { | |
| 1341 return error; | |
| 1342 } | |
| 1343 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ', | |
| 593 | 1344 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1345 if (error) |
| 1346 { | |
| 1347 return error; | |
| 1348 } | |
| 1349 #endif | |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 return error; | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 } | |
| 1354 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */ | |
| 1355 | |
| 13 | 1356 |
| 1357 /* | |
| 1358 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below, | |
| 1359 * to handle Font Panel events. | |
| 1360 */ | |
| 1361 static OSStatus | |
| 593 | 1362 FontPanelHandler( |
| 1363 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, | |
| 1364 EventRef inEvent, | |
| 1365 void *inUserData) | |
| 13 | 1366 { |
| 1367 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed) | |
| 1368 { | |
| 1369 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false; | |
| 1370 return noErr; | |
| 1371 } | |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection) | |
| 1374 { | |
| 1375 OSStatus status; | |
| 1376 FMFontFamily newFamily; | |
| 1377 FMFontSize newSize; | |
| 1378 FMFontStyle newStyle; | |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */ | |
| 1381 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily, | |
| 1382 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL, | |
| 1383 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL, | |
| 1384 &newFamily); | |
| 1385 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1386 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily; | |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 /* Retrieve the font size. */ | |
| 1389 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize, | |
| 1390 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize); | |
| 1391 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1392 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize; | |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */ | |
| 1395 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle, | |
| 1396 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle); | |
| 1397 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1398 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle; | |
| 1399 } | |
| 1400 return noErr; | |
| 1401 } | |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 static void | |
| 593 | 1405 InstallFontPanelHandler(void) |
| 13 | 1406 { |
| 1407 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2]; | |
| 1408 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP; | |
| 1409 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */ | |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1412 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection; | |
| 1413 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1414 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed; | |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler); | |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes, | |
| 1419 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL); | |
| 1420 } | |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 /* | |
| 1424 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size | |
| 1425 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel. | |
| 1426 */ | |
| 168 | 1427 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32 |
| 13 | 1428 static void |
| 501 | 1429 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName) |
| 13 | 1430 { |
| 168 | 1431 Str255 buf; |
| 1432 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0; | |
| 1433 ATSUFontID fid; | |
| 1434 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 13 | 1435 |
| 1436 if (!outName) | |
| 1437 return; | |
| 1438 | |
| 168 | 1439 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr) |
| 1440 { | |
| 1441 /* Canonicalize localized font names */ | |
| 1442 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family, | |
| 1443 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr) | |
| 1444 return; | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could | |
| 1447 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */ | |
| 1448 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform, | |
| 1449 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 501 | 1450 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr) |
| 168 | 1451 return; |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is | |
| 1454 * already part of the font full name */ | |
| 501 | 1455 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d", |
| 168 | 1456 gFontPanelInfo.size/*, |
| 1457 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""), | |
| 1458 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""), | |
| 1459 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/); | |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255) | |
| 1462 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString); | |
| 1463 } | |
| 1464 else | |
| 1465 { | |
| 501 | 1466 *outName = NUL; |
| 168 | 1467 } |
| 13 | 1468 } |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | |
| 7 | 1471 /* |
| 1472 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1473 * Unfiled yet | |
| 1474 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1475 */ | |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 /* | |
| 1478 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index | |
| 1479 * | |
| 1480 * Returns the index inside the menu wher | |
| 1481 */ | |
| 1482 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */ | |
| 593 | 1483 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1484 { |
| 1485 short index; | |
| 1486 short itemIndex = -1; | |
| 1487 vimmenu_T *pBrother; | |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1490 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1491 * -popup menu | |
| 1492 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1493 * | |
| 1494 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1495 */ | |
| 1496 if (pMenu->parent) | |
| 1497 { | |
| 1498 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */ | |
| 1499 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children; | |
| 1500 index = 1; | |
| 1501 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1)) | |
| 1502 { | |
| 1503 if (pBrother == pMenu) | |
| 1504 itemIndex = index; | |
| 1505 index++; | |
| 1506 pBrother = pBrother->next; | |
| 1507 } | |
| 1508 } | |
| 1509 return itemIndex; | |
| 1510 } | |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 static vimmenu_T * | |
| 593 | 1513 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1514 { |
| 1515 short index; | |
| 1516 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu; | |
| 1517 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent; | |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1521 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1522 * -popup menu | |
| 1523 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1524 * | |
| 1525 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1526 */ | |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID)) | |
| 1529 { | |
| 1530 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++) | |
| 1531 pMenu = pMenu->next; | |
| 1532 } | |
| 1533 else | |
| 1534 { | |
| 1535 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next) | |
| 1536 { | |
| 1537 if (pMenu->children != NULL) | |
| 1538 { | |
| 1539 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu | |
| 1540 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children); | |
| 1541 if (pChildMenu) | |
| 1542 { | |
| 1543 pMenu = pChildMenu; | |
| 1544 break; | |
| 1545 } | |
| 1546 } | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 } | |
| 1549 return pMenu; | |
| 1550 } | |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 /* | |
| 1553 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1554 * MacOS Feedback procedures | |
| 1555 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1556 */ | |
| 1557 pascal | |
| 1558 void | |
| 9 | 1559 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1560 { |
| 1561 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 1562 int value, dragging; | |
| 1563 ControlHandle theControlToUse; | |
| 1564 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 theControlToUse = dragged_sb; | |
| 1567 | |
| 9 | 1568 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse)); |
| 7 | 1569 |
| 1570 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1571 return; | |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */ | |
| 9 | 1574 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse); |
| 7 | 1575 dragging = (partCode != 0); |
| 1576 | |
| 1577 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1578 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1579 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1580 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1581 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1582 } | |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 pascal | |
| 1585 void | |
| 9 | 1586 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1587 { |
| 1588 /* TODO: have live support */ | |
| 1589 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info; | |
| 1590 long data; | |
| 1591 long value; | |
| 1592 int page; | |
| 1593 int dragging = FALSE; | |
| 1594 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1595 | |
| 9 | 1596 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl)); |
| 7 | 1597 |
| 1598 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1599 return; | |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */ | |
| 1602 { | |
| 1603 /* | |
| 1604 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar | |
| 1605 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to | |
| 1606 * gui_drag_scrollbar(). | |
| 1607 */ | |
| 1608 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 if (sb_info->size > 5) | |
| 1611 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */ | |
| 1612 else | |
| 1613 page = sb_info->size; | |
| 1614 } | |
| 1615 else /* Bottom scrollbar */ | |
| 1616 { | |
| 1617 sb_info = sb; | |
| 1618 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5; | |
| 1619 } | |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 switch (partCode) | |
| 1622 { | |
| 1623 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break; | |
| 1624 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break; | |
| 1625 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break; | |
| 1626 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break; | |
| 1627 default: data = 0; break; | |
| 1628 } | |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 value = sb_info->value + data; | |
| 1631 /* if (value > sb_info->max) | |
| 1632 value = sb_info->max; | |
| 1633 else if (value < 0) | |
| 1634 value = 0;*/ | |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1637 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1638 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1639 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1640 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 out_flush(); | |
| 1643 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL) | |
| 1646 { | |
| 1647 win_T *wp; | |
| 1648 int sb_num; | |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 sb_num = 0; | |
| 1651 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp)) | |
| 1652 sb_num++; | |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 1655 { | |
| 1656 current_scrollbar = sb_num; | |
| 1657 scrollbar_value = value; | |
| 1658 gui_do_scroll(); | |
| 1659 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1660 } | |
| 1661 }*/ | |
| 1662 } | |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 /* | |
| 1665 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1666 * MacOS Click Handling procedures | |
| 1667 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1668 */ | |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 /* | |
| 1672 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the | |
| 1673 * scrollbar or the contents. | |
| 1674 * | |
| 1675 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR | |
| 1676 */ | |
| 1677 void | |
| 593 | 1678 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1679 { |
| 1680 Point thePoint; | |
| 1681 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 1682 short thePortion; | |
| 1683 ControlHandle theControl; | |
| 1684 int vimMouseButton; | |
| 1685 short dblClick; | |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 1688 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 1689 SelectWindow(whichWindow); | |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl); | |
| 7 | 1692 |
| 1693 if (theControl != NUL) | |
| 1694 { | |
| 1695 /* We hit a scollbar */ | |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart) | |
| 1698 { | |
| 1699 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1700 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction); | |
| 1701 dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 else | |
| 1704 { | |
| 1705 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1706 #if 1 | |
| 1707 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag); | |
| 1708 #else | |
| 1709 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL); | |
| 1710 #endif | |
| 1711 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse | |
| 1712 * button has been released */ | |
| 9 | 1713 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 1714 dragged_sb = NULL; |
| 1715 } | |
| 1716 } | |
| 1717 else | |
| 1718 { | |
| 1719 /* We are inside the contents */ | |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */ | |
| 1722 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */ | |
| 1725 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */ | |
| 593 | 1728 /* TODO: NEEDED? */ |
| 7 | 1729 clickIsPopup = FALSE; |
| 1730 | |
| 1292 | 1731 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent)) |
| 1732 { | |
| 1733 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
| 1734 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 1735 clickIsPopup = TRUE; | |
| 1736 } | |
| 7 | 1737 |
| 1738 /* Is it a double click ? */ | |
| 1739 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime()); | |
| 1740 | |
| 593 | 1741 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */ |
| 7 | 1742 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h, |
| 1743 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers); | |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect | |
| 1746 * the mouse dragging | |
| 1747 */ | |
| 1748 #if 0 | |
| 1749 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu? | |
| 1750 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup? | |
| 1751 */ | |
| 1752 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT) | |
| 1753 #endif | |
| 1754 { | |
| 9 | 1755 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 1756 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 1757 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 1758 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 dragRectEnbl = TRUE; | |
| 1761 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 1762 } | |
| 1763 } | |
| 1764 } | |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 /* | |
| 1767 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window) | |
| 1768 */ | |
| 1769 void | |
| 593 | 1770 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1771 { |
| 1772 Rect movingLimits; | |
| 1773 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits; | |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */ | |
| 9 | 1776 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits); |
| 1777 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr); | |
| 7 | 1778 } |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 /* | |
| 1781 * Handle the click in the grow box | |
| 1782 */ | |
| 1783 void | |
| 593 | 1784 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1785 { |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 long newSize; | |
| 1788 unsigned short newWidth; | |
| 1789 unsigned short newHeight; | |
| 1790 Rect resizeLimits; | |
| 1791 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits; | |
| 1792 Rect NewContentRect; | |
| 1793 | |
| 9 | 1794 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits); |
| 7 | 1795 |
| 1212 | 1796 /* Set the minimum size */ |
| 7 | 1797 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */ |
| 1798 resizeLimits.top = 100; | |
| 1799 resizeLimits.left = 100; | |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect); | |
| 1802 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left; | |
| 1803 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top; | |
| 1804 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight); | |
| 1805 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1806 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1807 } |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 /* | |
| 1810 * Handle the click in the zoom box | |
| 1811 */ | |
| 1812 static void | |
| 593 | 1813 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1814 { |
| 1815 Rect r; | |
| 1816 Point p; | |
| 1817 short thePart; | |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 /* ideal width is current */ | |
| 1820 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1821 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 1822 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1823 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 1824 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1825 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */ | |
| 1826 p.v = 15 * 1024; | |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r) | |
| 1829 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut; | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart)) | |
| 1832 return; | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 /* use returned width */ | |
| 1835 p.h = r.right - r.left; | |
| 1836 /* adjust returned height */ | |
| 1837 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1838 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 1839 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height; | |
| 1840 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height; | |
| 1841 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 1842 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]); | |
| 1843 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height; | |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p); | |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 1848 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 1849 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1850 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1851 } |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 /* | |
| 1854 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1855 * MacOS Event Handling procedure | |
| 1856 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1857 */ | |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 /* | |
| 1860 * Handle the Update Event | |
| 1861 */ | |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 void | |
| 593 | 1864 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1865 { |
| 1866 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1867 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 1868 RgnHandle updateRgn; | |
| 1869 Rect updateRect; | |
| 1870 Rect *updateRectPtr; | |
| 1871 Rect rc; | |
| 1872 Rect growRect; | |
| 1873 RgnHandle saveRgn; | |
| 1874 | |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 updateRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1877 if (updateRgn == NULL) | |
| 1878 return; | |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 /* This could be done by the caller as we | |
| 1881 * don't require anything else out of the event | |
| 1882 */ | |
| 1883 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 /* Save Current Port */ | |
| 9 | 1886 GetPort(&savePort); |
| 7 | 1887 |
| 1888 /* Select the Window's Port */ | |
| 9 | 1889 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1890 |
| 1891 /* Let's update the window */ | |
| 9 | 1892 BeginUpdate(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1893 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area |
| 1894 * to be updated. | |
| 1895 */ | |
| 1896 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn); | |
| 1897 # if 0 | |
| 1212 | 1898 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't |
| 7 | 1899 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany) |
| 1900 */ | |
| 1901 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn); | |
| 1902 # endif | |
| 593 | 1903 |
| 7 | 1904 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/ |
| 9 | 1905 HLock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 593 | 1906 |
| 9 | 1907 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect); |
| 7 | 1908 # if 0 |
| 1909 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion. | |
| 1910 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany) | |
| 1911 */ | |
| 1912 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */ | |
| 1913 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect)); | |
| 1914 # endif | |
| 1915 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */ | |
| 1916 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top, | |
| 1917 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left, | |
| 1918 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top); | |
| 1919 /* Clear the border areas if needed */ | |
| 1920 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 1921 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0)) | |
| 1922 { | |
| 9 | 1923 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 1924 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1925 } |
| 1926 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0)) | |
| 1927 { | |
| 9 | 1928 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0)); |
| 1929 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1930 } |
| 1931 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns)) | |
| 1932 { | |
| 9 | 1933 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0, |
| 7 | 1934 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 9 | 1935 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1936 } |
| 1937 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows)) | |
| 1938 { | |
| 9 | 1939 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, |
| 7 | 1940 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset); |
| 9 | 1941 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1942 } |
| 9 | 1943 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 1944 DisposeRgn(updateRgn); | |
| 7 | 1945 |
| 1946 /* Update scrollbars */ | |
| 9 | 1947 DrawControls(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1948 |
| 1949 /* Update the GrowBox */ | |
| 1950 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */ | |
| 1951 saveRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1952 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect); | |
| 9 | 1953 GetClip(saveRgn); |
| 1954 ClipRect(&growRect); | |
| 1955 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow); | |
| 1956 SetClip(saveRgn); | |
| 1957 DisposeRgn(saveRgn); | |
| 1958 EndUpdate(whichWindow); | |
| 7 | 1959 |
| 1960 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 1961 SetPort(savePort); |
| 7 | 1962 } |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 /* | |
| 1965 * Handle the activate/deactivate event | |
| 1966 * (apply to a window) | |
| 1967 */ | |
| 1968 void | |
| 593 | 1969 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1970 { |
| 1971 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1292 | 1974 /* Dim scrollbars */ |
| 1975 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow) | |
| 7 | 1976 { |
| 1562 | 1977 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 1978 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); | |
| 1979 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag) | |
| 1980 ActivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 1981 else | |
| 1982 DeactivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 7 | 1983 } |
| 1292 | 1984 |
| 1985 /* Activate */ | |
| 1986 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag); | |
| 7 | 1987 } |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 /* | |
| 1991 * Handle the suspend/resume event | |
| 1992 * (apply to the application) | |
| 1993 */ | |
| 1994 void | |
| 593 | 1995 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1996 { |
| 1997 /* The frontmost application just changed */ | |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate | |
| 2000 * seen on MacOS X | |
| 2001 */ | |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 /* May not need to change focus as the window will | |
| 1212 | 2004 * get an activate/deactivate event |
| 7 | 2005 */ |
| 2006 if (event->message & 1) | |
| 2007 /* Resume */ | |
| 2008 gui_focus_change(TRUE); | |
| 2009 else | |
| 2010 /* Suspend */ | |
| 2011 gui_focus_change(FALSE); | |
| 2012 } | |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 /* | |
| 2015 * Handle the key | |
| 2016 */ | |
| 168 | 2017 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 2018 static pascal OSStatus |
| 2019 gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 2020 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2021 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2022 void *data) | |
| 2023 { | |
| 2024 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2025 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow) | |
| 2028 { | |
| 2029 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2030 { | |
| 2031 case kEventWindowActivated: | |
| 2032 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) | |
| 2033 im_on_window_switch(TRUE); | |
| 2034 #endif | |
| 2035 return noErr; | |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 case kEventWindowDeactivated: | |
| 2038 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) | |
| 2039 im_on_window_switch(FALSE); | |
| 2040 #endif | |
| 2041 return noErr; | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 } | |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2046 } | |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2049 gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 2050 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2051 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2052 void *data) | |
| 2053 { | |
| 2054 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2055 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput) | |
| 2058 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) && | |
| 2061 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) && | |
| 2062 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) && | |
| 2063 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) && | |
| 2064 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind)) | |
| 2065 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2068 { | |
| 2069 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea: | |
| 2070 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2071 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent: | |
| 2072 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos: | |
| 2075 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset: | |
| 2076 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText: | |
| 2077 break; | |
| 2078 } | |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2081 } | |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 static pascal | |
| 2084 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 2085 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2086 EventRef theEvent) | |
| 2087 { | |
| 2088 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2089 } | |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the | |
| 2092 keys */ | |
| 857 | 2093 |
| 168 | 2094 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80 |
| 2095 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 1562 | 2096 gui_mac_unicode_key_event( |
| 593 | 2097 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, |
| 1562 | 2098 EventRef theEvent) |
| 168 | 2099 { |
| 2100 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */ | |
| 1012 | 2101 OSStatus err = -1; |
| 168 | 2102 UInt32 actualSize; |
| 2103 UniChar *text; | |
| 2104 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 2105 short len = 0; | |
| 2106 UInt32 key_sym; | |
| 2107 char charcode; | |
| 2108 int key_char; | |
| 1012 | 2109 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers; |
| 168 | 2110 size_t encLen; |
| 2111 char_u *to = NULL; | |
| 2112 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE; | |
| 2113 int i; | |
| 1562 | 2114 EventRef keyEvent; |
| 168 | 2115 |
| 2116 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2117 if (p_mh) | |
| 2118 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2119 | |
| 1012 | 2120 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */ |
| 2121 if (dialog_busy) | |
| 1562 | 2122 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2123 |
| 2124 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2125 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL)) |
| 2126 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 1012 | 2127 |
| 2128 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize); | |
| 2129 if (!text) | |
| 1562 | 2130 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2131 |
| 2132 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2133 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text); |
| 1012 | 2134 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent, | |
| 1562 | 2137 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent); |
| 1012 | 2138 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 1562 | 2141 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers); |
| 1012 | 2142 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode, | |
| 1562 | 2145 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym); |
| 1012 | 2146 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes, | |
| 1562 | 2149 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode); |
| 1012 | 2150 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2151 | |
| 168 | 2152 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY |
| 1012 | 2153 if (modifiers & cmdKey) |
| 1562 | 2154 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */ |
| 168 | 2155 #endif |
| 1012 | 2156 |
| 2157 key_char = charcode; | |
| 2158 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers); | |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */ | |
| 2161 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) && | |
| 1562 | 2162 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f))) |
| 2163 { | |
| 2164 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i) | |
| 2165 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2166 { | |
| 2167 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, | |
| 2168 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 2169 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, | |
| 2170 (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2171 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2172 break; | |
| 2173 } | |
| 168 | 2174 } |
| 1012 | 2175 |
| 2176 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */ | |
| 2177 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') || | |
| 1562 | 2178 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.')) |
| 2179 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 1012 | 2180 |
| 2181 if (!isSpecial) | |
| 2182 { | |
| 1562 | 2183 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g., |
| 2184 * '(' and '*' */ | |
| 2185 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char)) | |
| 2186 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */ | |
| 2189 if (key_char < 0x20) | |
| 2190 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 /* don't process unicode characters here */ | |
| 2193 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2194 { | |
| 2195 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers | |
| 2196 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */ | |
| 2197 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */ | |
| 2200 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2201 if (key_char == CSI) | |
| 2202 key_char = K_CSI; | |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2205 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2206 } | |
| 1012 | 2207 } |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 if (vimModifiers) | |
| 2210 { | |
| 1562 | 2211 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2212 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2213 result[len++] = vimModifiers; | |
| 1012 | 2214 } |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2217 { | |
| 1562 | 2218 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2219 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2220 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 1012 | 2221 } |
| 2222 else | |
| 2223 { | |
| 1562 | 2224 encLen = actualSize; |
| 2225 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen); | |
| 2226 if (to) | |
| 2227 { | |
| 2228 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */ | |
| 2229 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i) | |
| 2230 { | |
| 2231 result[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2232 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2233 { | |
| 2234 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2235 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 2236 } | |
| 2237 } | |
| 2238 vim_free(to); | |
| 2239 } | |
| 1012 | 2240 } |
| 2241 | |
| 2242 add_to_input_buf(result, len); | |
| 2243 err = noErr; | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 done: | |
| 2246 vim_free(text); | |
| 2247 if (err == noErr) | |
| 2248 { | |
| 1562 | 2249 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get |
| 2250 * key repeat working */ | |
| 2251 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2252 return noErr; | |
| 1012 | 2253 } |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 168 | 2256 } |
| 2257 #else | |
| 7 | 2258 void |
| 2259 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) | |
| 2260 { | |
| 2261 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */ | |
| 2262 long menu; | |
| 2263 unsigned char string[20]; | |
| 2264 short num, i; | |
| 2265 short len = 0; | |
| 2266 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 2267 int key_char; | |
| 2268 int modifiers; | |
| 26 | 2269 int simplify = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2270 |
| 2271 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2272 if (p_mh) | |
| 2273 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */ | |
| 2276 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8); | |
| 2277 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask; | |
| 2278 num = 1; | |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 /* Intercept CTRL-C */ | |
| 2281 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey) | |
| 9 | 2282 { |
| 7 | 2283 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) |
| 2284 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 9 | 2285 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0 |
| 2286 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6')) | |
| 2287 { | |
| 2288 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */ | |
| 2289 if (key_char == '2') | |
| 2290 key_char = Ctrl_AT; | |
| 2291 else | |
| 2292 key_char = Ctrl_HAT; | |
| 2293 theEvent->modifiers = 0; | |
| 2294 } | |
| 2295 } | |
| 7 | 2296 |
| 2297 /* Intercept CMD-. */ | |
| 2298 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2299 if (key_char == '.') | |
| 2300 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 /* Handle command key as per menu */ | |
| 2303 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */ | |
| 2304 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2305 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button. | |
| 2306 * Why the mouse button? */ | |
| 2307 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0) | |
| 2308 { | |
| 2309 menu = MenuKey(key_char); | |
| 2310 if (HiWord(menu)) | |
| 2311 { | |
| 2312 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu); | |
| 2313 return; | |
| 2314 } | |
| 2315 } | |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 /* Convert the modifiers */ | |
| 2318 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 /* Handle special keys. */ | |
| 2322 #if 0 | |
| 26 | 2323 /* Why has this been removed? */ |
| 7 | 2324 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey))) |
| 2325 #endif | |
| 2326 { | |
| 2327 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */ | |
| 2328 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f)) | |
| 2329 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 2330 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2331 { | |
| 2332 # if 0 | |
| 2333 /* We currently don't have not so special key */ | |
| 2334 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL) | |
| 2335 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0; | |
| 2336 else | |
| 2337 # endif | |
| 9 | 2338 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, |
| 2339 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 26 | 2340 simplify = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2341 break; |
| 2342 } | |
| 2343 } | |
| 2344 | |
| 26 | 2345 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */ |
| 2346 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ') | |
| 2347 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers); | |
| 7 | 2348 |
| 2349 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */ | |
| 2350 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */ | |
| 2351 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char) | |
| 2352 && key_sym != vk_Space | |
| 2353 && key_sym != vk_Tab | |
| 2354 && key_sym != vk_Return | |
| 2355 && key_sym != vk_Enter | |
| 2356 && key_sym != vk_Esc) | |
| 2357 { | |
| 2358 #if 1 | |
| 2359 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */ | |
| 9 | 2360 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 2361 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2362 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 7 | 2363 modifiers = 0; |
| 2364 #else | |
| 9 | 2365 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) |
| 7 | 2366 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; |
| 9 | 2367 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) |
| 7 | 2368 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT; |
| 9 | 2369 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 7 | 2370 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; |
| 2371 #endif | |
| 2372 } | |
| 9 | 2373 if (modifiers) |
| 7 | 2374 { |
| 9 | 2375 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2376 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2377 string[len++] = modifiers; | |
| 7 | 2378 } |
| 2379 | |
| 9 | 2380 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) |
| 7 | 2381 { |
| 9 | 2382 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2383 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2384 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 7 | 2385 } |
| 2386 else | |
| 2387 { | |
| 2388 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9 | 2389 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1). |
| 2390 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */ | |
| 2391 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0) | |
| 7 | 2392 { |
| 2393 char_u from[2], *to; | |
| 2394 int l; | |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 from[0] = key_char; | |
| 2397 from[1] = NUL; | |
| 2398 l = 1; | |
| 2399 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l); | |
| 2400 if (to != NULL) | |
| 2401 { | |
| 2402 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++) | |
| 2403 { | |
| 2404 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2405 { | |
| 2406 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2407 string[len++] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2408 } | |
| 2409 else | |
| 2410 string[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2411 } | |
| 2412 vim_free(to); | |
| 2413 } | |
| 2414 else | |
| 2415 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2416 } | |
| 2417 else | |
| 2418 #endif | |
| 2419 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2420 } | |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI) | |
| 2423 { | |
| 2424 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */ | |
| 2425 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2426 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2427 } | |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 add_to_input_buf(string, len); | |
| 2430 } | |
| 168 | 2431 #endif |
| 7 | 2432 |
| 2433 /* | |
| 2434 * Handle MouseClick | |
| 2435 */ | |
| 2436 void | |
| 593 | 2437 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2438 { |
| 2439 short thePart; | |
| 2440 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 2441 | |
| 9 | 2442 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2443 |
| 1106 | 2444 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 2445 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a | |
| 2446 click into the tab pane */ | |
| 2447 if (whichWindow == drawer) | |
| 1562 | 2448 return; |
| 1106 | 2449 #endif |
| 2450 | |
| 7 | 2451 switch (thePart) |
| 2452 { | |
| 2453 case (inDesk): | |
| 2454 /* TODO: what to do? */ | |
| 2455 break; | |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 case (inMenuBar): | |
| 9 | 2458 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where)); |
| 7 | 2459 break; |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 case (inContent): | |
| 9 | 2462 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2463 break; |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 case (inDrag): | |
| 9 | 2466 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2467 break; |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 case (inGrow): | |
| 9 | 2470 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2471 break; |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 case (inGoAway): | |
| 2474 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where)) | |
| 2475 gui_shell_closed(); | |
| 2476 break; | |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 case (inZoomIn): | |
| 2479 case (inZoomOut): | |
| 2480 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow); | |
| 2481 break; | |
| 2482 } | |
| 2483 } | |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 /* | |
| 2486 * Handle MouseMoved | |
| 2487 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region] | |
| 2488 */ | |
| 2489 void | |
| 593 | 2490 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2491 { |
| 2492 Point thePoint; | |
| 2493 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 thePoint = event->where; | |
| 9 | 2496 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2497 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers); |
| 2498 | |
| 2499 if (!Button()) | |
| 9 | 2500 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v); |
| 7 | 2501 else |
| 2502 if (!clickIsPopup) | |
| 2503 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h, | |
| 2504 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); | |
| 2505 | |
| 2506 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */ | |
| 9 | 2507 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 2508 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 2509 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 2510 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 if (dragRectEnbl) | |
| 2513 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 } | |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 /* | |
| 2518 * Handle the mouse release | |
| 2519 */ | |
| 2520 void | |
| 593 | 2521 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2522 { |
| 2523 Point thePoint; | |
| 2524 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */ | |
| 2527 /* Potential source of the double menu */ | |
| 2528 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when; | |
| 2529 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2530 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2531 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 2532 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2533 |
| 2534 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2535 if (clickIsPopup) | |
| 2536 { | |
| 2537 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2538 clickIsPopup = FALSE; | |
| 2539 } | |
| 9 | 2540 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); |
| 7 | 2541 } |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2544 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2545 void *data) | |
| 2546 { | |
| 2547 Point point; | |
| 2548 Rect bounds; | |
| 2549 UInt32 mod; | |
| 2550 SInt32 delta; | |
| 2551 int_u vim_mod; | |
| 939 | 2552 EventMouseWheelAxis axis; |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis, | |
| 2555 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis) | |
| 2556 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY) | |
| 2557 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */ | |
| 7 | 2558 |
| 2559 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, | |
| 2560 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta)) | |
| 2561 goto bail; | |
| 2562 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation, | |
| 2563 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point)) | |
| 2564 goto bail; | |
| 2565 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 2566 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod)) | |
| 2567 goto bail; | |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 vim_mod = 0; | |
| 2570 if (mod & shiftKey) | |
| 2571 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 2572 if (mod & controlKey) | |
| 2573 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2574 if (mod & optionKey) | |
| 2575 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds)) | |
| 2578 { | |
| 2579 point.h -= bounds.left; | |
| 2580 point.v -= bounds.top; | |
| 2581 } | |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5, | |
| 2584 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod); | |
| 2585 | |
| 1668 | 2586 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */ |
| 2587 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2588 | |
| 7 | 2589 return noErr; |
| 2590 | |
| 1107 | 2591 bail: |
| 7 | 2592 /* |
| 2593 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform | |
| 2594 * it's actions | |
| 2595 */ | |
| 2596 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2597 } | |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 #if 0 | |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 /* | |
| 2602 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu | |
| 2603 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get | |
| 2604 * the menu that we should display | |
| 2605 */ | |
| 2606 void | |
| 2607 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event) | |
| 2608 EventRecord *event; | |
| 2609 { | |
| 2610 /* | |
| 2611 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 2612 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 2613 * Call the procedure | |
| 2614 */ | |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 // Call to Handle Popup | |
| 2617 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); | |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 if (status != noErr) | |
| 2620 return; | |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 2623 { | |
| 2624 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 2625 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 2626 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */ | |
| 9 | 2627 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 2628 } |
| 2629 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 2630 { | |
| 2631 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 2632 } | |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 } | |
| 2635 #endif | |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 /* | |
| 2638 * Handle menubar selection | |
| 2639 */ | |
| 2640 void | |
| 593 | 2641 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice) |
| 7 | 2642 { |
| 2643 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2644 short item = LoWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2645 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu; | |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */ | |
| 2648 { | |
| 2649 if (item == 1) | |
| 2650 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */ | |
| 2651 } | |
| 2652 else if (item != 0) | |
| 2653 { | |
| 2654 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu); | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 if (theVimMenu) | |
| 2657 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu); | |
| 2658 } | |
| 9 | 2659 HiliteMenu(0); |
| 7 | 2660 } |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 /* | |
| 2663 * Dispatch the event to proper handler | |
| 2664 */ | |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 void | |
| 593 | 2667 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2668 { |
| 2669 OSErr error; | |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */ | |
| 1292 | 2672 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event)) |
| 2673 { | |
| 7 | 2674 # if 0 |
| 1562 | 2675 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event); |
| 7 | 2676 # else |
| 1562 | 2677 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2678 # endif |
| 1562 | 2679 return; |
| 1292 | 2680 } |
| 7 | 2681 |
| 2682 /* Handle normal event */ | |
| 2683 switch (event->what) | |
| 2684 { | |
| 168 | 2685 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 7 | 2686 case (keyDown): |
| 2687 case (autoKey): | |
| 9 | 2688 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2689 break; |
| 168 | 2690 #endif |
| 7 | 2691 case (keyUp): |
| 857 | 2692 /* We don't care about when the key is released */ |
| 7 | 2693 break; |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 case (mouseDown): | |
| 2696 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); | |
| 2697 break; | |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 case (mouseUp): | |
| 2700 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event); | |
| 2701 break; | |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 case (updateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2704 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2705 break; |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 case (diskEvt): | |
| 2708 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */ | |
| 2709 break; | |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 case (activateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2712 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2713 break; |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 case (osEvt): | |
| 2716 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF) | |
| 2717 { | |
| 2718 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2719 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2720 break; |
| 2721 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2722 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2723 break; |
| 2724 } | |
| 2725 break; | |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2728 case (kHighLevelEvent): | |
| 2729 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */ | |
| 2730 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */ | |
| 2731 break; | |
| 2732 #endif | |
| 2733 } | |
| 2734 } | |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 /* | |
| 2737 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2738 * Unknown Stuff | |
| 2739 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2740 */ | |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 2744 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name) |
| 7 | 2745 { |
| 2746 char_u c; | |
| 2747 char_u *p; | |
| 2748 char_u pFontName[256]; | |
| 2749 Str255 systemFontname; | |
| 2750 short font_id; | |
| 2751 short size=9; | |
| 2752 GuiFont font; | |
| 2753 #if 0 | |
| 2754 char_u *fontNamePtr; | |
| 2755 #endif | |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++) | |
| 2758 ; | |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 c = *p; | |
| 2761 *p = 0; | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 #if 1 | |
| 2764 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name); | |
| 2765 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name); | |
| 2766 *p = c; | |
| 2767 | |
| 168 | 2768 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */ |
| 2769 char_u fontName[256]; | |
| 2770 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':'); | |
| 2771 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName); | |
| 2772 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen); | |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 ATSUFontID fontRef; | |
| 2775 FMFontStyle fontStyle; | |
| 2776 font_id = 0; | |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName, | |
| 2779 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 2780 &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2781 { | |
| 2782 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2783 font_id = 0; | |
| 2784 } | |
| 13 | 2785 |
| 2786 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2787 { | |
| 2788 /* | |
| 2789 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name | |
| 2790 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used | |
| 2791 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't). | |
| 2792 */ | |
| 2793 int i, changed = FALSE; | |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i) | |
| 2796 { | |
| 2797 if (pFontName[i] == '_') | |
| 2798 { | |
| 2799 pFontName[i] = ' '; | |
| 2800 changed = TRUE; | |
| 2801 } | |
| 2802 } | |
| 2803 if (changed) | |
| 168 | 2804 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], |
| 2805 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode, | |
| 2806 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2807 { | |
| 2808 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2809 font_id = 0; | |
| 2810 } | |
| 13 | 2811 } |
| 2812 | |
| 7 | 2813 #else |
| 2814 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */ | |
| 2815 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name); | |
| 2816 | |
| 9 | 2817 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id); |
| 7 | 2818 #endif |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2822 { | |
| 2823 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */ | |
| 2824 | |
| 168 | 2825 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr) |
| 2826 return NOFONT; | |
| 7 | 2827 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false)) |
| 2828 return NOFONT; | |
| 2829 } | |
| 2830 if (*p == ':') | |
| 2831 { | |
| 2832 p++; | |
| 2833 /* Set the values found after ':' */ | |
| 2834 while (*p) | |
| 2835 { | |
| 2836 switch (*p++) | |
| 2837 { | |
| 2838 case 'h': | |
| 2839 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE); | |
| 2840 break; | |
| 2841 /* | |
| 2842 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles | |
| 2843 */ | |
| 2844 } | |
| 2845 while (*p == ':') | |
| 2846 p++; | |
| 2847 } | |
| 2848 } | |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 if (size < 1) | |
| 2851 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */ | |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); | |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 return font; | |
| 2856 } | |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 /* | |
| 2859 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1212 | 2860 * GUI_MCH functionality |
| 7 | 2861 * ------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 2862 */ | |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 /* | |
| 2865 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are | |
| 2866 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called | |
| 2867 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started. | |
| 2868 */ | |
| 2869 void | |
| 593 | 2870 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv) |
| 7 | 2871 { |
| 2872 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 2873 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2874 FSSpec applDir; | |
| 2875 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 2876 short applVRefNum; | |
| 2877 long applDirID; | |
| 2878 Str255 volName; | |
| 2879 # else | |
| 2880 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 2881 FSRef applFSRef; | |
| 2882 # endif | |
| 2883 #endif | |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 #if 0 | |
| 2886 InitCursor(); | |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 2889 | |
| 2890 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2891 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 2892 #endif | |
| 2893 | |
| 9 | 2894 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 2899 |
| 2900 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 2904 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 2905 #else |
| 9 | 2906 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 2907 #endif |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass, | |
| 2911 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute, | |
| 9 | 2912 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow); |
| 2913 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 7 | 2914 |
| 2915 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 2916 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 2917 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 2918 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 2919 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 2920 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 2921 | |
| 9 | 2922 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 2923 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 7 | 2924 |
| 2925 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2926 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 2927 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2928 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 2929 #endif | |
| 2930 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2931 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 9 | 2932 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID); |
| 7 | 2933 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */ |
| 9 | 2934 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir); |
| 7 | 2935 # else |
| 2936 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr) | |
| 2937 * of TN2015 | |
| 2938 */ | |
| 9 | 2939 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn); |
| 7 | 2940 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2941 | |
| 9 | 2942 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef); |
| 7 | 2943 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2944 | |
| 9 | 2945 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL); |
| 7 | 2946 |
| 2947 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */ | |
| 2948 # endif | |
| 9 | 2949 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir); |
| 7 | 2950 #endif |
| 2951 } | |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI | |
| 2954 /* | |
| 2955 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced. | |
| 2956 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 2957 */ | |
| 2958 int | |
| 2959 gui_mch_init_check(void) | |
| 2960 { | |
| 2961 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in | |
| 2962 * using the >console | |
| 2963 */ | |
| 2964 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */ | |
| 2965 return FAIL; | |
| 2966 return OK; | |
| 2967 } | |
| 2968 #endif | |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 static OSErr | |
| 1107 | 2971 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag) |
| 7 | 2972 { |
| 2973 int x, y; | |
| 2974 int_u modifiers; | |
| 2975 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 2976 int count; | |
| 2977 int i, j; | |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */ | |
| 2980 { | |
| 2981 Point point; | |
| 2982 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers; | |
| 2983 UInt16 countItem; | |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL); | |
| 2986 GlobalToLocal(&point); | |
| 2987 x = point.h; | |
| 2988 y = point.v; | |
| 2989 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2990 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2991 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem); | |
| 2992 count = countItem; | |
| 2993 } | |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 2996 if (fnames == NULL) | |
| 2997 return dragNotAcceptedErr; | |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 /* Get file names dropped */ | |
| 3000 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 3001 { | |
| 3002 DragItemRef item; | |
| 3003 OSErr err; | |
| 3004 Size size; | |
| 3005 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS; | |
| 3006 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor; | |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 fnames[i] = NULL; | |
| 3009 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item); | |
| 3010 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size); | |
| 3011 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor)) | |
| 3012 continue; | |
| 3013 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0); | |
| 3014 if (err != noErr) | |
| 3015 continue; | |
| 3016 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec); | |
| 3017 } | |
| 3018 count = j; | |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count); | |
| 37 | 3021 |
| 3022 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ | |
| 3023 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 3024 | |
| 7 | 3025 return noErr; |
| 3026 } | |
| 3027 | |
| 3028 /* | |
| 3029 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs | |
| 3030 * etc. | |
| 3031 */ | |
| 3032 int | |
| 593 | 3033 gui_mch_init(void) |
| 7 | 3034 { |
| 3035 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 1565 | 3036 Rect windRect; |
| 3037 MenuHandle pomme; | |
| 7 | 3038 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef; |
| 1562 | 3039 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec; |
| 1565 | 3040 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 168 | 3041 |
| 3042 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr) | |
| 593 | 3043 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */ |
| 168 | 3044 |
| 7 | 3045 #if 1 |
| 3046 InitCursor(); | |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 3051 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 3052 #endif | |
| 3053 | |
| 9 | 3054 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 3059 |
| 3060 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 3061 | |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 3064 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 3065 #else |
| 9 | 3066 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 3067 #endif |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, | |
| 3070 zoomDocProc, | |
| 3071 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0); | |
| 1292 | 3072 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); |
| 7 | 3073 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler, |
| 3074 gui.VimWindow, NULL); | |
| 9 | 3075 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 3076 |
| 3077 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 3078 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 3079 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 3080 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 3081 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 3082 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 3083 | |
| 9 | 3084 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 3085 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 593 | 3086 |
| 13 | 3087 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */ |
| 3088 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler(); | |
| 7 | 3089 |
| 3090 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 3091 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 3092 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 3093 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 3094 #endif | |
| 3095 /* Display any pending error messages */ | |
| 3096 display_errors(); | |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */ | |
| 1212 | 3099 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */ |
| 7 | 3100 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000; |
| 3101 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF; | |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc | |
| 3104 * file). */ | |
| 3105 set_normal_colors(); | |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 /* | |
| 3108 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color. | |
| 3109 * Then store the current values as the defaults. | |
| 3110 */ | |
| 3111 gui_check_colors(); | |
| 3112 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 3113 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have | |
| 3116 * changed them) */ | |
| 3117 highlight_gui_started(); | |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 /* | |
| 3120 * Setting the gui constants | |
| 3121 */ | |
| 3122 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3123 gui.menu_height = 0; | |
| 3124 #endif | |
| 3125 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */ | |
| 3126 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2; | |
| 3127 | |
| 1212 | 3128 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see |
| 7 | 3129 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */ |
| 3130 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1"); | |
| 593 | 3131 |
| 7 | 3132 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse; |
| 3133 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved; | |
| 3134 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel); | |
| 3135 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1, | |
| 3136 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef)) | |
| 3137 { | |
| 3138 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL; | |
| 3139 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3140 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3141 } | |
| 3142 | |
| 168 | 3143 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 3144 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument }; |
| 3145 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0); | |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */ | |
| 3148 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE); | |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 /* Should we activate the document by default? */ | |
| 3151 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3154 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea }, | |
| 3155 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent }, | |
| 3156 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset }, | |
| 3157 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos }, | |
| 3158 }; | |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input); | |
| 3161 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3162 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes), | |
| 3163 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3164 { | |
| 168 | 3165 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); |
| 3166 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3167 } | |
| 1562 | 3168 |
| 3169 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3170 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated }, | |
| 3171 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated }, | |
| 3172 }; | |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and | |
| 3175 * deactivate */ | |
| 3176 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate); | |
| 3177 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow, | |
| 3178 winEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3179 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes), | |
| 3180 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3181 { | |
| 3182 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3183 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3184 } | |
| 168 | 3185 #endif |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 /* | |
| 7 | 3188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 168 | 3189 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0); |
| 3190 #endif | |
| 3191 */ | |
| 7 | 3192 |
| 1106 | 3193 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 3194 /* | |
| 3195 * Create the tabline | |
| 3196 */ | |
| 3197 initialise_tabline(); | |
| 3198 #endif | |
| 3199 | |
| 7 | 3200 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */ |
| 3201 return OK; | |
| 3202 } | |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 /* | |
| 3205 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed. | |
| 3206 */ | |
| 3207 void | |
| 593 | 3208 gui_mch_new_colors(void) |
| 7 | 3209 { |
| 3210 /* TODO: | |
| 3211 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value | |
| 3212 * so what msut be done? I don't know | |
| 3213 */ | |
| 3214 } | |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 /* | |
| 3217 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init(). | |
| 3218 */ | |
| 3219 int | |
| 593 | 3220 gui_mch_open(void) |
| 7 | 3221 { |
| 3222 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1) | |
| 3225 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 /* | |
| 3228 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched | |
| 3229 * from the Terminal or via :gui). | |
| 3230 */ | |
| 3231 { | |
| 3232 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 3233 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr) | |
| 3234 SetFrontProcess(&psn); | |
| 3235 } | |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 return OK; | |
| 3238 } | |
| 3239 | |
| 1562 | 3240 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3241 static void | |
| 3242 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3243 { | |
| 3244 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) | |
| 3245 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3246 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3247 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle) | |
| 3248 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3249 #endif | |
| 3250 } | |
| 3251 #endif | |
| 3252 | |
| 7 | 3253 void |
| 3254 gui_mch_exit(int rc) | |
| 3255 { | |
| 3256 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */ | |
| 3257 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn); | |
| 3258 | |
| 168 | 3259 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 3260 if (keyEventHandlerUPP) | |
| 3261 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3262 #endif | |
| 3263 | |
| 7 | 3264 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL) |
| 3265 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3266 | |
| 168 | 3267 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3268 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); |
| 3269 #endif | |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 3272 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3273 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3274 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 168 | 3275 #endif |
| 3276 | |
| 7 | 3277 /* Exit to shell? */ |
| 3278 exit(rc); | |
| 3279 } | |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 /* | |
| 3282 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window. | |
| 3283 */ | |
| 3284 int | |
| 3285 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y) | |
| 3286 { | |
| 3287 /* TODO */ | |
| 3288 Rect bounds; | |
| 3289 OSStatus status; | |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */ | |
| 9 | 3292 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds); |
| 7 | 3293 |
| 3294 if (status != noErr) | |
| 3295 return FAIL; | |
| 3296 *x = bounds.left; | |
| 3297 *y = bounds.top; | |
| 3298 return OK; | |
| 3299 return FAIL; | |
| 3300 } | |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 /* | |
| 3303 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given | |
| 3304 * coordinates. | |
| 3305 */ | |
| 3306 void | |
| 3307 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y) | |
| 3308 { | |
| 3309 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range | |
| 3310 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width | |
| 3311 */ | |
| 1377 | 3312 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y); |
| 7 | 3313 } |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 void | |
| 3316 gui_mch_set_shellsize( | |
| 3317 int width, | |
| 3318 int height, | |
| 3319 int min_width, | |
| 3320 int min_height, | |
| 3321 int base_width, | |
| 812 | 3322 int base_height, |
| 3323 int direction) | |
| 7 | 3324 { |
| 3325 CGrafPtr VimPort; | |
| 3326 Rect VimBound; | |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 3329 { | |
| 9 | 3330 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3331 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3332 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/ |
| 9 | 3333 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3334 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/ |
| 3335 } | |
| 3336 else | |
| 3337 { | |
| 9 | 3338 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3339 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3340 VimBound.left = 0; |
| 9 | 3341 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3342 } |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE); | |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 gui_resize_shell(width, height); | |
| 3347 } | |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 /* | |
| 3350 * Get the screen dimensions. | |
| 3351 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders. | |
| 3352 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are? | |
| 1212 | 3353 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume. |
| 7 | 3354 */ |
| 3355 void | |
| 593 | 3356 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h) |
| 7 | 3357 { |
| 3358 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice(); | |
| 3359 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect; | |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10; | |
| 3362 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40; | |
| 3363 } | |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | |
| 13 | 3366 /* |
| 3367 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and | |
| 3368 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with | |
| 3369 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle, | |
| 3370 * or NOFONT in case of an error. | |
| 3371 */ | |
| 3372 static GuiFont | |
| 3373 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name) | |
| 3374 { | |
| 3375 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT; | |
| 3376 OSStatus status; | |
| 3377 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font; | |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */ | |
| 3380 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3381 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16); | |
| 3382 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */ | |
| 3383 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0; | |
| 3384 curr_font.hasColor = false; | |
| 3385 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */ | |
| 3386 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType, | |
| 3387 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL); | |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily; | |
| 3390 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle; | |
| 3391 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size; | |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */ | |
| 3394 status = FPShowHideFontPanel(); | |
| 3395 if (status == noErr) | |
| 3396 { | |
| 3397 /* | |
| 3398 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal, | |
| 3399 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed. | |
| 3400 */ | |
| 3401 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true; | |
| 3402 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible) | |
| 3403 { | |
| 3404 EventRecord e; | |
| 3405 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL); | |
| 3406 } | |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name); | |
| 3409 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); | |
| 3410 } | |
| 3411 return selected_font; | |
| 3412 } | |
| 3413 | |
| 1562 | 3414 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3415 static void | |
| 3416 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3417 { | |
| 3418 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3419 { | |
| 3420 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3421 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3422 } | |
| 3423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3424 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3425 { | |
| 3426 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3427 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3428 } | |
| 3429 #endif | |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui; | |
| 3432 } | |
| 3433 #endif | |
| 7 | 3434 |
| 3435 /* | |
| 3436 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font | |
| 3437 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise. | |
| 3438 */ | |
| 3439 int | |
| 593 | 3440 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset) |
| 7 | 3441 { |
| 3442 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */ | |
| 3443 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco"; | |
| 170 | 3444 int suggestedSize = 10; |
| 7 | 3445 FontInfo font_info; |
| 3446 short font_id; | |
| 3447 GuiFont font; | |
| 37 | 3448 char_u used_font_name[512]; |
| 7 | 3449 |
| 168 | 3450 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3451 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); |
| 168 | 3452 #endif |
| 3453 | |
| 7 | 3454 if (font_name == NULL) |
| 3455 { | |
| 3456 /* First try to get the suggested font */ | |
| 3457 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id); | |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 3460 { | |
| 3461 /* Then pickup the standard application font */ | |
| 3462 font_id = GetAppFont(); | |
| 37 | 3463 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default"); |
| 7 | 3464 } |
| 37 | 3465 else |
| 3466 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco"); | |
| 7 | 3467 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); |
| 3468 } | |
| 13 | 3469 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0) |
| 3470 { | |
| 37 | 3471 char_u *new_p_guifont; |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name); | |
| 13 | 3474 if (font == NOFONT) |
| 3475 return FAIL; | |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */ | |
| 37 | 3478 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1); |
| 13 | 3479 if (new_p_guifont != NULL) |
| 3480 { | |
| 37 | 3481 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name); |
| 13 | 3482 vim_free(p_guifont); |
| 3483 p_guifont = new_p_guifont; | |
| 3484 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */ | |
| 3485 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont) | |
| 3486 { | |
| 3487 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ') | |
| 3488 *new_p_guifont = '_'; | |
| 3489 } | |
| 3490 } | |
| 3491 } | |
| 7 | 3492 else |
| 3493 { | |
| 9 | 3494 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); |
| 418 | 3495 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1); |
| 7 | 3496 |
| 3497 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3498 return FAIL; | |
| 3499 } | |
| 37 | 3500 |
| 7 | 3501 gui.norm_font = font; |
| 3502 | |
| 37 | 3503 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name); |
| 3504 | |
| 9 | 3505 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3506 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3507 | |
| 189 | 3508 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent; | |
| 3511 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_'); | |
| 3512 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; | |
| 3513 | |
| 168 | 3514 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 842 | 3515 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 1562 | 3516 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3517 #endif |
| 3518 | |
| 7 | 3519 return OK; |
| 3520 } | |
| 3521 | |
| 444 | 3522 /* |
| 3523 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed). | |
| 3524 */ | |
| 7 | 3525 int |
| 593 | 3526 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void) |
| 7 | 3527 { |
| 3528 FontInfo font_info; | |
| 3529 | |
| 9 | 3530 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 7 | 3531 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; |
| 3532 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2; | |
| 3533 return OK; | |
| 3534 } | |
| 3535 | |
| 3536 /* | |
| 3537 * Get a font structure for highlighting. | |
| 3538 */ | |
| 3539 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 3540 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing) |
| 7 | 3541 { |
| 3542 GuiFont font; | |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 font = gui_mac_find_font(name); | |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3547 { | |
| 3548 if (giveErrorIfMissing) | |
| 3549 EMSG2(_(e_font), name); | |
| 3550 return NOFONT; | |
| 3551 } | |
| 3552 /* | |
| 3553 * TODO : Accept only monospace | |
| 3554 */ | |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 return font; | |
| 3557 } | |
| 3558 | |
| 44 | 3559 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3560 /* |
| 37 | 3561 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory. |
| 3562 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name. | |
| 3563 */ | |
| 3564 char_u * | |
| 593 | 3565 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name) |
| 37 | 3566 { |
| 3567 if (name == NULL) | |
| 3568 return NULL; | |
| 3569 return vim_strsave(name); | |
| 3570 } | |
| 44 | 3571 #endif |
| 37 | 3572 |
| 1562 | 3573 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3574 static void | |
| 3575 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font) | |
| 3576 { | |
| 3577 ATSUFontID fontID; | |
| 3578 Fixed fontSize; | |
| 3579 Fixed fontWidth; | |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 fontID = font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3582 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16); | |
| 3583 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width); | |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = | |
| 3586 { | |
| 3587 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag, | |
| 3588 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1 | |
| 3589 }; | |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 ByteCount attribSizes[] = | |
| 3592 { | |
| 3593 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth), | |
| 3594 sizeof(font) | |
| 3595 }; | |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = | |
| 3598 { | |
| 3599 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font | |
| 3600 }; | |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3603 { | |
| 3604 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, | |
| 3605 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3606 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3607 { | |
| 3608 # ifndef NDEBUG | |
| 3609 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n"); | |
| 3610 # endif | |
| 3611 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3612 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3613 } | |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3616 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3617 { | |
| 3618 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support | |
| 3619 * wide font drawing */ | |
| 3620 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2); | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, | |
| 3623 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3624 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3625 { | |
| 3626 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3627 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3628 } | |
| 3629 } | |
| 3630 #endif | |
| 3631 } | |
| 3632 } | |
| 3633 #endif | |
| 3634 | |
| 37 | 3635 /* |
| 7 | 3636 * Set the current text font. |
| 3637 */ | |
| 3638 void | |
| 593 | 3639 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3640 { |
| 168 | 3641 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3642 GuiFont currFont; | |
| 3643 ByteCount actualFontByteCount; | |
| 3644 | |
| 842 | 3645 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 168 | 3646 { |
| 3647 /* Avoid setting same font again */ | |
| 1562 | 3648 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1, |
| 3649 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr | |
| 3650 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font)) | |
| 168 | 3651 { |
| 3652 if (currFont == font) | |
| 3653 return; | |
| 3654 } | |
| 3655 | |
| 1562 | 3656 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3657 } |
| 3658 | |
| 842 | 3659 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet) |
| 168 | 3660 { |
| 3661 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide | |
| 3662 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */ | |
| 3663 /* | |
| 3664 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag }; | |
| 3665 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) }; | |
| 3666 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks); | |
| 3667 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, ); | |
| 3668 */ | |
| 3669 if (gui.wide_font) | |
| 3670 { | |
| 3671 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts; | |
| 3672 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE; | |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance( | |
| 3675 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF), | |
| 3676 0, | |
| 3677 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3678 NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3679 { | |
| 1562 | 3680 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), |
| 3681 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3682 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred); | |
| 168 | 3683 } |
| 3684 /* | |
| 3685 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { }; | |
| 3686 */ | |
| 3687 } | |
| 3688 } | |
| 3689 #endif | |
| 7 | 3690 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3691 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3692 } | |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 /* | |
| 3695 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
| 3696 */ | |
| 3697 void | |
| 3698 gui_mch_free_font(font) | |
| 3699 GuiFont font; | |
| 3700 { | |
| 3701 /* | |
| 3702 * Free font when "font" is not 0. | |
| 3703 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since | |
| 3704 * nothing is allocated for each font used. | |
| 3705 */ | |
| 3706 } | |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 static int | |
| 593 | 3709 hex_digit(int c) |
| 7 | 3710 { |
| 3711 if (isdigit(c)) | |
| 3712 return c - '0'; | |
| 3713 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c); | |
| 3714 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') | |
| 3715 return c - 'a' + 10; | |
| 3716 return -1000; | |
| 3717 } | |
| 3718 | |
| 3719 /* | |
| 3720 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was | |
| 3721 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif | |
| 3722 * Programmer's Guide. | |
| 3723 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
| 3724 */ | |
| 3725 guicolor_T | |
| 593 | 3726 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 3727 { |
| 3728 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8 | |
| 3729 */ | |
| 3730 RGBColor MacColor; | |
| 3731 // guicolor_T color = 0; | |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 typedef struct guicolor_tTable | |
| 3734 { | |
| 3735 char *name; | |
| 3736 guicolor_T color; | |
| 3737 } guicolor_tTable; | |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 /* | |
| 3740 * The comment at the end of each line is the source | |
| 3741 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value | |
| 3742 */ | |
| 3743 static guicolor_tTable table[] = | |
| 3744 { | |
| 3745 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)}, | |
| 3746 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3747 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3748 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3749 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3750 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3751 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 834 | 3752 {"gray10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/ |
| 3753 {"grey10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3754 {"gray20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3755 {"grey20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3756 {"gray30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3757 {"grey30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3758 {"gray40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3759 {"grey40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3760 {"gray50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3761 {"grey50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3762 {"gray60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3763 {"grey60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3764 {"gray70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3765 {"grey70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3766 {"gray80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3767 {"grey80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/ | |
| 818 | 3768 {"gray90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/ |
| 3769 {"grey90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/ | |
| 7 | 3770 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, |
| 3771 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3772 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3773 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3774 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3775 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3776 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3777 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3778 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3779 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3780 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */ | |
| 3781 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3782 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3783 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3784 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3785 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3786 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3787 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3788 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/ | |
| 308 | 3789 {"darkyellow", RGB(0xBB, 0xBB, 0x00)}, /*U*/ |
| 7 | 3790 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */ |
| 3791 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */ | |
| 3792 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */ | |
| 3793 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */ | |
| 3794 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/ | |
| 3795 }; | |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 int r, g, b; | |
| 3798 int i; | |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7) | |
| 3801 { | |
| 3802 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */ | |
| 3803 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]); | |
| 3804 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]); | |
| 3805 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]); | |
| 3806 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0) | |
| 3807 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3808 return RGB(r, g, b); | |
| 3809 } | |
| 3810 else | |
| 3811 { | |
| 9 | 3812 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0) |
| 7 | 3813 { |
| 9 | 3814 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor); |
| 3815 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8)); | |
| 7 | 3816 } |
| 3817 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */ | |
| 3818 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++) | |
| 3819 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0) | |
| 3820 return table[i].color; | |
| 3821 } | |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 /* | |
| 3824 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt". | |
| 3825 */ | |
| 3826 { | |
| 3827 #define LINE_LEN 100 | |
| 3828 FILE *fd; | |
| 3829 char line[LINE_LEN]; | |
| 3830 char_u *fname; | |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt"); | |
| 3833 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 3834 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt"); | |
| 3837 vim_free(fname); | |
| 3838 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 3839 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 while (!feof(fd)) | |
| 3842 { | |
| 3843 int len; | |
| 3844 int pos; | |
| 3845 char *color; | |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd); | |
| 3848 len = strlen(line); | |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n') | |
| 3851 continue; | |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 line[len-1] = '\0'; | |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos); | |
| 3856 if (i != 3) | |
| 3857 continue; | |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 color = line + pos; | |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0) | |
| 3862 { | |
| 3863 fclose(fd); | |
| 3864 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b); | |
| 3865 } | |
| 3866 } | |
| 3867 fclose(fd); | |
| 3868 } | |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3871 } | |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 /* | |
| 3874 * Set the current text foreground color. | |
| 3875 */ | |
| 3876 void | |
| 593 | 3877 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3878 { |
| 3879 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3882 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3883 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3884 | |
| 9 | 3885 RGBForeColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3886 } |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 /* | |
| 3889 * Set the current text background color. | |
| 3890 */ | |
| 3891 void | |
| 593 | 3892 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3893 { |
| 3894 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3897 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3898 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3899 | |
| 9 | 3900 RGBBackColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3901 } |
| 3902 | |
| 563 | 3903 RGBColor specialColor; |
| 3904 | |
| 212 | 3905 /* |
| 563 | 3906 * Set the current text special color. |
| 212 | 3907 */ |
| 3908 void | |
| 593 | 3909 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 212 | 3910 { |
| 563 | 3911 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; |
| 3912 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3913 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3914 } | |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 /* | |
| 3917 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell. | |
| 3918 */ | |
| 3919 static void | |
| 3920 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells) | |
| 3921 { | |
| 856 | 3922 int x; |
| 3923 int offset; | |
| 3924 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; | |
| 3925 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1; | |
| 563 | 3926 |
| 3927 RGBForeColor(&specialColor); | |
| 3928 | |
| 3929 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8]; | |
| 3930 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset); | |
| 3931 | |
| 593 | 3932 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x) |
| 563 | 3933 { |
| 593 | 3934 offset = val[x % 8]; |
| 3935 LineTo(x, y - offset); | |
| 563 | 3936 } |
| 212 | 3937 } |
| 3938 | |
| 593 | 3939 |
| 3940 static void | |
| 3941 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 7 | 3942 { |
| 3943 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3944 char_u *tofree = NULL; | |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 3947 { | |
| 3948 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len); | |
| 3949 if (tofree != NULL) | |
| 3950 s = tofree; | |
| 3951 } | |
| 3952 #endif | |
| 593 | 3953 |
| 7 | 3954 /* |
| 3955 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing. | |
| 3956 */ | |
| 189 | 3957 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) |
| 7 | 3958 { |
| 3959 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */ | |
| 3960 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ? | |
| 3961 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0); | |
| 168 | 3962 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags); |
| 7 | 3963 } |
| 3964 | |
| 36 | 3965 /* |
| 3966 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3967 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3968 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3969 * underlining. | |
| 3970 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3971 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3972 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3973 */ | |
| 189 | 3974 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0) |
| 36 | 3975 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) |
| 3976 { | |
| 3977 Rect rc; | |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3980 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 168 | 3981 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3982 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 3983 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3984 { | |
| 3985 int cell_len = 0; | |
| 3986 int n; | |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
| 3989 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) | |
| 3990 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
| 3991 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len); | |
| 3992 } | |
| 3993 else | |
| 3994 #endif | |
| 36 | 3995 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); |
| 3996 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 3997 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3998 } | |
| 3999 | |
| 189 | 4000 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) |
| 7 | 4001 { |
| 4002 StyleParameter face; | |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 face = normal; | |
| 4005 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4006 face |= bold; | |
| 4007 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 4008 face |= underline; | |
| 4009 TextFace(face); | |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */ | |
| 4012 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 4015 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len); | |
| 4016 } | |
| 4017 else | |
| 4018 { | |
| 4019 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */ | |
| 9 | 4020 TextMode(srcCopy); |
| 4021 TextFace(normal); | |
| 7 | 4022 |
| 4023 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ | |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) | |
| 4026 { | |
| 9 | 4027 TextMode(srcOr); |
| 7 | 4028 } |
| 4029 | |
| 9 | 4030 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); |
| 593 | 4031 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4034 { | |
| 4035 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 4036 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 4037 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); | |
| 4038 } | |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 4041 { | |
| 4042 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 4043 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 4044 } | |
| 4045 } | |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) | |
| 4048 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4051 vim_free(tofree); | |
| 4052 #endif | |
| 4053 } | |
| 4054 | |
| 842 | 4055 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 593 | 4056 |
| 4057 static void | |
| 4058 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4059 { | |
| 4060 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */ | |
| 4061 UniCharCount utf16_len; | |
| 4062 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len); | |
| 4063 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar); | |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone) | |
| 4066 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */ | |
| 1562 | 4067 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG |
| 4068 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n", | |
| 4069 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' '); | |
| 4070 #endif | |
| 593 | 4071 /* |
| 4072 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 4073 * before drawing the text. | |
| 4074 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 4075 * underlining. | |
| 4076 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 4077 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 4078 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 4079 */ | |
| 4080 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0) | |
| 4081 { | |
| 4082 Rect rc; | |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 4085 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4086 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 4087 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4088 { | |
| 4089 int cell_len = 0; | |
| 4090 int n; | |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
| 4093 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) | |
| 4094 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
| 4095 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len); | |
| 4096 } | |
| 4097 else | |
| 4098 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); | |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 4101 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4102 } | |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 { | |
| 4105 TextMode(srcCopy); | |
| 4106 TextFace(normal); | |
| 4107 | |
| 1562 | 4108 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ |
| 593 | 4109 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) |
| 4110 { | |
| 4111 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 4112 } | |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 1562 | 4115 |
| 4116 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4117 { | |
| 4118 Boolean attValue = true; | |
| 4119 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4120 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4121 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues); | |
| 4124 } | |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4127 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 168 | 4128 { |
| 1562 | 4129 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell; |
| 4130 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0; | |
| 4131 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4132 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4133 ATSUStyle textStyle; | |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 last_width_in_cell = 1; | |
| 4136 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout); | |
| 4137 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree, | |
| 4138 kATSUFromTextBeginning, | |
| 4139 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len); | |
| 4140 /* | |
| 4141 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle, | |
| 4142 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */ | |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
| 4145 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) | |
| 4146 { | |
| 4147 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 /* probably we are switching from single byte character | |
| 4150 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one | |
| 4151 * cell to draw) */ | |
| 4152 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell) | |
| 4153 { | |
| 4154 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4155 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4156 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4157 #endif | |
| 4158 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle | |
| 4159 : gFontStyle; | |
| 4160 | |
| 4161 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4162 offset += yet_to_draw; | |
| 4163 yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4164 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell; | |
| 4165 } | |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 yet_to_draw++; | |
| 4168 } | |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 if (yet_to_draw) | |
| 4171 { | |
| 4172 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4173 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4174 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4175 #endif | |
| 4176 /* finish the rest style */ | |
| 4177 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle; | |
| 4178 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd); | |
| 4179 } | |
| 4180 | |
| 168 | 4181 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); |
| 4182 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 1562 | 4183 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, |
| 4184 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 168 | 4185 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); |
| 4186 } | |
| 1562 | 4187 else |
| 4188 #endif | |
| 4189 { | |
| 4190 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree, | |
| 4193 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4194 utf16_len, | |
| 4195 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len, | |
| 4196 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL), | |
| 4197 &textLayout) == noErr) | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); | |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 4202 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4203 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); | |
| 4206 } | |
| 4207 } | |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */ | |
| 4210 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4211 { | |
| 4212 Boolean attValue = false; | |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4215 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4216 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, | |
| 4219 attribValues); | |
| 4220 } | |
| 7 | 4221 } |
| 4222 | |
| 563 | 4223 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) |
| 4224 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4225 | |
| 7 | 4226 vim_free(tofree); |
| 593 | 4227 } |
| 4228 #endif | |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 void | |
| 4231 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4232 { | |
| 4233 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING) | |
| 1562 | 4234 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0) |
| 4235 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */ | |
| 4236 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); | |
| 4237 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0) | |
| 4238 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */ | |
| 4239 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); | |
| 4240 | |
| 842 | 4241 if (p_macatsui) |
| 4242 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags); | |
| 4243 else | |
| 7 | 4244 #endif |
| 842 | 4245 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags); |
| 7 | 4246 } |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 /* | |
| 4249 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported. | |
| 4250 */ | |
| 4251 int | |
| 593 | 4252 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 4253 { |
| 4254 int i; | |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 4257 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 && | |
| 4258 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1) | |
| 4259 return OK; | |
| 4260 return FAIL; | |
| 4261 } | |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 void | |
| 593 | 4264 gui_mch_beep(void) |
| 7 | 4265 { |
| 9 | 4266 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */ |
| 7 | 4267 } |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 void | |
| 593 | 4270 gui_mch_flash(int msec) |
| 7 | 4271 { |
| 4272 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */ | |
| 4273 Rect rc; | |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 /* | |
| 4276 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4277 */ | |
| 4278 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4279 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4280 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width; | |
| 4281 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height; | |
| 4282 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */ | |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4287 } | |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 /* | |
| 4290 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns. | |
| 4291 */ | |
| 4292 void | |
| 593 | 4293 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc) |
| 7 | 4294 { |
| 4295 Rect rc; | |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 /* | |
| 4298 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4299 */ | |
| 4300 rc.left = FILL_X(c); | |
| 4301 rc.top = FILL_Y(r); | |
| 4302 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width; | |
| 4303 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height; | |
| 4304 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4305 } | |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 /* | |
| 4308 * Iconify the GUI window. | |
| 4309 */ | |
| 4310 void | |
| 593 | 4311 gui_mch_iconify(void) |
| 7 | 4312 { |
| 4313 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify | |
| 4314 * -window shade? | |
| 4315 * -hide application? | |
| 4316 */ | |
| 4317 } | |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4320 /* | |
| 4321 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground. | |
| 4322 */ | |
| 4323 void | |
| 593 | 4324 gui_mch_set_foreground(void) |
| 7 | 4325 { |
| 4326 /* TODO */ | |
| 4327 } | |
| 4328 #endif | |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 /* | |
| 4331 * Draw a cursor without focus. | |
| 4332 */ | |
| 4333 void | |
| 593 | 4334 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4335 { |
| 4336 Rect rc; | |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 /* | |
| 4339 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4340 */ | |
| 4341 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4342 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row); | |
| 4343 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width; | |
| 168 | 4344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4345 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col)) | |
| 4346 rc.right += gui.char_width; | |
| 4347 #endif | |
| 7 | 4348 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height; |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4351 | |
| 9 | 4352 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4353 } |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 /* | |
| 4356 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high. | |
| 4357 */ | |
| 4358 void | |
| 593 | 4359 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4360 { |
| 4361 Rect rc; | |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4364 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */ | |
| 4365 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT) | |
| 4366 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w; | |
| 4367 else | |
| 4368 #endif | |
| 4369 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4370 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h; | |
| 4371 rc.right = rc.left + w; | |
| 4372 rc.bottom = rc.top + h; | |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4375 | |
| 168 | 4376 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 4377 // PaintRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 4378 } |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 /* | |
| 4383 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the | |
| 4384 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is | |
| 4385 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return | |
| 4386 * immediately. | |
| 4387 */ | |
| 4388 void | |
| 593 | 4389 gui_mch_update(void) |
| 7 | 4390 { |
| 4391 /* TODO: find what to do | |
| 4392 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0) | |
| 4393 * more like look at EventQueue then | |
| 4394 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars; | |
| 4395 * | |
| 4396 * if (eventther) | |
| 4397 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event); | |
| 4398 */ | |
| 4399 EventRecord theEvent; | |
| 4400 | |
| 9 | 4401 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent)) |
| 7 | 4402 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent) |
| 4403 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0); | |
| 4404 } | |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 /* | |
| 4407 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time | |
| 4408 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling. | |
| 4409 */ | |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 pascal | |
| 4412 Boolean | |
| 9 | 4413 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn) |
| 7 | 4414 { |
| 4415 if (((long) sleep) < -1) | |
| 4416 sleep = 32767; | |
| 4417 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn); | |
| 4418 } | |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 /* | |
| 4421 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character | |
| 4422 * from the keyboard. | |
| 4423 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
| 4424 * wtime == 0 This should never happen. | |
| 4425 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
| 4426 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
| 4427 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
| 4428 */ | |
| 4429 int | |
| 593 | 4430 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime) |
| 7 | 4431 { |
| 4432 EventMask mask = (everyEvent); | |
| 4433 EventRecord event; | |
| 4434 long entryTick; | |
| 4435 long currentTick; | |
| 4436 long sleeppyTick; | |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar, | |
| 4439 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else | |
| 4440 * there won't be any life feedback. | |
| 4441 */ | |
| 4442 if (dragged_sb != NULL) | |
| 4443 return FAIL; | |
| 4444 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */ | |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 entryTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 allow_scrollbar = TRUE; | |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 do | |
| 4451 { | |
| 4452 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty) | |
| 4453 { | |
| 4454 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 4455 dragRectControl = kNothing; | |
| 4456 } | |
| 4457 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect) | |
| 4458 { | |
| 4459 dragRgn = cursorRgn; | |
| 9 | 4460 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect); |
| 7 | 4461 dragRectControl = kNothing; |
| 4462 } | |
| 4463 /* | |
| 4464 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a | |
| 4465 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an | |
| 4466 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are | |
| 4467 * returning as soon as it contains a single char. | |
| 4468 */ | |
| 4469 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */ | |
| 4470 if (wtime > -1) | |
| 1562 | 4471 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000; |
| 7 | 4472 else |
| 4473 sleeppyTick = 32767; | |
| 1562 | 4474 |
| 9 | 4475 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn)) |
| 7 | 4476 { |
| 1562 | 4477 gui_mac_handle_event(&event); |
| 7 | 4478 if (input_available()) |
| 4479 { | |
| 4480 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4481 return OK; | |
| 4482 } | |
| 4483 } | |
| 4484 currentTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4485 } | |
| 4486 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000)); | |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4489 return FAIL; | |
| 4490 } | |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 /* | |
| 4493 * Output routines. | |
| 4494 */ | |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 /* Flush any output to the screen */ | |
| 4497 void | |
| 593 | 4498 gui_mch_flush(void) |
| 7 | 4499 { |
| 4500 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */ | |
| 4501 } | |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 /* | |
| 4504 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
| 4505 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
| 4506 */ | |
| 4507 void | |
| 593 | 4508 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2) |
| 7 | 4509 { |
| 4510 Rect rc; | |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 /* | |
| 4513 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have | |
| 4514 * spilled over to the next column. | |
| 4515 */ | |
| 4516 rc.left = FILL_X(col1); | |
| 4517 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1); | |
| 4518 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1); | |
| 4519 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1); | |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4522 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4523 } |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 /* | |
| 4526 * Clear the whole text window. | |
| 4527 */ | |
| 4528 void | |
| 593 | 4529 gui_mch_clear_all(void) |
| 7 | 4530 { |
| 4531 Rect rc; | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4534 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4535 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4536 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4539 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4540 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel); | |
| 4541 FrameRect(&rc); | |
| 4542 */ | |
| 4543 } | |
| 4544 | |
| 4545 /* | |
| 4546 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any | |
| 4547 * text further down within the scroll region. | |
| 4548 */ | |
| 4549 void | |
| 593 | 4550 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4551 { |
| 4552 Rect rc; | |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 /* changed without checking! */ | |
| 4555 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4556 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4557 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4558 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4561 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4562 |
| 4563 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1, | |
| 4564 gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4565 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4566 } | |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 /* | |
| 4569 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any | |
| 4570 * following text within the scroll region. | |
| 4571 */ | |
| 4572 void | |
| 593 | 4573 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4574 { |
| 4575 Rect rc; | |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4578 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4579 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4580 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4583 | |
| 9 | 4584 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4585 |
| 4586 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */ | |
| 4587 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row | |
| 4588 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
| 4589 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
| 4590 { | |
| 4591 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines) | |
| 4592 gui.cursor_row += num_lines; | |
| 4593 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 4594 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 4595 } | |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4598 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4599 } | |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 /* | |
| 4602 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember | |
| 4603 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE | |
| 4604 */ | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 void | |
| 593 | 4607 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4608 { |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 19 | 4611 int flavor = 0; |
| 7 | 4612 Size scrapSize; |
| 4613 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags; | |
| 4614 ScrapRef scrap = nil; | |
| 4615 OSStatus error; | |
| 4616 int type; | |
| 4617 char *searchCR; | |
| 4618 char_u *tempclip; | |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | |
| 9 | 4621 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 7 | 4622 if (error != noErr) |
| 4623 return; | |
| 4624 | |
| 9 | 4625 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 4626 if (error == noErr) | |
| 4627 { | |
| 4628 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize); | |
| 4629 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1) | |
| 4630 flavor = 1; | |
| 4631 } | |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 if (flavor == 0) | |
| 4634 { | |
| 838 | 4635 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 9 | 4636 if (error != noErr) |
| 4637 return; | |
| 4638 | |
| 838 | 4639 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4640 if (error != noErr) |
| 4641 return; | |
| 4642 } | |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 ReserveMem(scrapSize); | |
| 593 | 4645 |
| 838 | 4646 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */ |
| 4647 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize); | |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */ | |
| 4650 HLock(textOfClip); | |
| 4651 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap, | |
| 4652 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, | |
| 4653 &scrapSize, *textOfClip); | |
| 4654 scrapSize -= flavor; | |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 if (flavor) | |
| 4657 type = **textOfClip; | |
| 4658 else | |
| 4659 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR; | |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE); | |
| 4662 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize); | |
| 4663 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0; | |
| 7 | 4664 |
| 766 | 4665 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 838 | 4666 { |
| 168 | 4667 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */ |
| 4668 size_t encLen = 0; | |
| 4669 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen); | |
| 838 | 4670 |
| 4671 if (to != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4672 { |
| 168 | 4673 scrapSize = encLen; |
| 4674 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4675 tempclip = to; | |
| 7 | 4676 } |
| 838 | 4677 } |
| 7 | 4678 #endif |
| 502 | 4679 |
| 838 | 4680 searchCR = (char *)tempclip; |
| 4681 while (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4682 { | |
| 4683 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r'); | |
| 4684 if (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4685 *searchCR = '\n'; | |
| 7 | 4686 } |
| 838 | 4687 |
| 4688 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd); | |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4691 HUnlock(textOfClip); | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4694 } |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 void | |
| 593 | 4697 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4698 { |
| 4699 /* | |
| 4700 * TODO: Really nothing to do? | |
| 4701 */ | |
| 4702 } | |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 int | |
| 593 | 4705 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4706 { |
| 4707 return OK; | |
| 4708 } | |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 /* | |
| 4711 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. | |
| 4712 */ | |
| 4713 void | |
| 593 | 4714 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4715 { |
| 4716 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 4717 long scrapSize; | |
| 4718 int type; | |
| 4719 ScrapRef scrap; | |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 char_u *str = NULL; | |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 if (!cbd->owned) | |
| 4724 return; | |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 clip_get_selection(cbd); | |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 /* | |
| 4729 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets | |
| 4730 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it. | |
| 4731 */ | |
| 4732 cbd->owned = FALSE; | |
| 4733 | |
| 838 | 4734 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd); |
| 7 | 4735 |
| 766 | 4736 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4737 size_t utf16_len = 0; |
| 4738 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len); | |
| 4739 if (to) | |
| 7 | 4740 { |
| 168 | 4741 scrapSize = utf16_len; |
| 4742 vim_free(str); | |
| 4743 str = (char_u *)to; | |
| 7 | 4744 } |
| 4745 #endif | |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 if (type >= 0) | |
| 4748 { | |
| 4749 ClearCurrentScrap(); | |
| 593 | 4750 |
| 9 | 4751 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1); |
| 7 | 4752 HLock(textOfClip); |
| 4753 | |
| 9 | 4754 **textOfClip = type; |
| 168 | 4755 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4756 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 838 | 4757 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, |
| 9 | 4758 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1); |
| 4759 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, | |
| 4760 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4761 HUnlock(textOfClip); |
| 4762 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 4763 } | |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 vim_free(str); | |
| 4766 } | |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 void | |
| 593 | 4769 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4770 { |
| 4771 Rect VimBound; | |
| 4772 | |
| 9 | 4773 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */ |
| 7 | 4774 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4777 { | |
| 4778 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1; | |
| 4779 } | |
| 4780 else | |
| 4781 { | |
| 4782 VimBound.left = 0; | |
| 4783 } | |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); | |
| 4786 | |
| 9 | 4787 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 4788 } |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 /* | |
| 4791 * Menu stuff. | |
| 4792 */ | |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 void | |
| 593 | 4795 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag) |
| 7 | 4796 { |
| 4797 /* | |
| 444 | 4798 * Menu is always active. |
| 7 | 4799 */ |
| 4800 } | |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 void | |
| 593 | 4803 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4804 { |
| 4805 /* | |
| 444 | 4806 * The menu is always at the top of the screen. |
| 7 | 4807 */ |
| 4808 } | |
| 4809 | |
| 4810 /* | |
| 4811 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar. | |
| 4812 */ | |
| 4813 void | |
| 593 | 4814 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4815 { |
| 4816 /* | |
| 4817 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle. | |
| 4818 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext | |
| 4819 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id | |
| 4820 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235 | |
| 4821 */ | |
| 4822 static long next_avail_id = 128; | |
| 4823 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */ | |
| 593 | 4824 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4825 CFStringRef name; |
| 4826 #else | |
| 7 | 4827 char_u *name; |
| 168 | 4828 #endif |
| 7 | 4829 short index; |
| 4830 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; | |
| 4831 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next; | |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */ | |
| 4834 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0)) | |
| 4835 return; | |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */ | |
| 4838 if (next_avail_id == 1024) | |
| 4839 return; | |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */ | |
| 4842 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name))) | |
| 4843 brother = brother->next; | |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */ | |
| 4846 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL)) | |
| 4847 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id; | |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */ | |
| 4850 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name)) | |
| 4851 menu_after_me = hierMenu; | |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4854 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4855 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4856 #else | |
| 7 | 4857 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4858 #endif |
| 7 | 4859 if (name == NULL) |
| 4860 return; | |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */ | |
| 4863 { | |
| 4864 /* Carbon suggest use of | |
| 9 | 4865 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *); |
| 4866 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title); | |
| 7 | 4867 */ |
| 4868 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id; | |
| 593 | 4869 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4870 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr) |
| 4871 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name); | |
| 4872 #else | |
| 9 | 4873 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name); |
| 168 | 4874 #endif |
| 7 | 4875 next_avail_id++; |
| 4876 } | |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 if (parent == NULL) | |
| 4879 { | |
| 4880 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */ | |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the | |
| 4883 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos | |
| 4884 */ | |
| 4885 | |
| 593 | 4886 /* Insert the menu */ |
| 4887 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */ | |
| 7 | 4888 #if 1 |
| 4889 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */ | |
| 4890 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4891 #endif | |
| 4892 } | |
| 4893 else | |
| 4894 { | |
| 4895 /* Adding as a submenu */ | |
| 4896 | |
| 9 | 4897 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4898 |
| 4899 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4900 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4901 */ | |
| 4902 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 593 | 4903 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4904 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 4905 #else | |
| 7 | 4906 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 168 | 4907 #endif |
| 7 | 4908 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B); |
| 4909 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id); | |
| 4910 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu); | |
| 4911 } | |
| 4912 | |
| 593 | 4913 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4914 CFRelease(name); |
| 4915 #else | |
| 9 | 4916 vim_free(name); |
| 168 | 4917 #endif |
| 7 | 4918 |
| 4919 #if 0 | |
| 4920 /* Done by Vim later on */ | |
| 4921 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4922 #endif | |
| 4923 } | |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 /* | |
| 4926 * Add a menu item to a menu | |
| 4927 */ | |
| 4928 void | |
| 593 | 4929 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4930 { |
| 593 | 4931 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4932 CFStringRef name; |
| 4933 #else | |
| 7 | 4934 char_u *name; |
| 168 | 4935 #endif |
| 7 | 4936 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; |
| 4937 int menu_inserted; | |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */ | |
| 4940 if (parent->submenu_id == 0) | |
| 4941 return; | |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu, | |
| 4944 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */ | |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4947 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4948 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4949 #else | |
| 7 | 4950 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4951 #endif |
| 7 | 4952 |
| 4953 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */ | |
| 4954 menu->submenu_id = 0; | |
| 4955 menu->submenu_handle = NULL; | |
| 4956 | |
| 4957 menu_inserted = 0; | |
| 4958 if (menu->actext) | |
| 4959 { | |
| 4960 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes | |
| 4961 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the | |
| 4962 * item's command equivalent. | |
| 4963 */ | |
| 4964 int key = 0; | |
| 4965 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 4966 char_u *p_actext; | |
| 4967 | |
| 4968 p_actext = menu->actext; | |
| 1776 | 4969 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4970 if (*p_actext != 0) |
| 4971 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */ | |
| 4972 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the | |
| 4973 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for | |
| 4974 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD | |
| 4975 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the | |
| 4976 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable | |
| 4977 * character plus modifiers. | |
| 4978 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't | |
| 4979 * apply modifiers. | |
| 4980 */ | |
| 4981 if (key > 0 && key < 32) | |
| 4982 { | |
| 4983 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that | |
| 4984 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish | |
| 4985 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S. | |
| 4986 */ | |
| 4987 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 4988 key += '@'; | |
| 4989 } | |
| 4990 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier. | |
| 4991 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert | |
| 4992 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu. | |
| 4993 */ | |
| 4994 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z') | |
| 4995 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 4996 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z') | |
| 4997 key += 'A' - 'a'; | |
| 4998 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */ | |
| 4999 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key)) | |
| 5000 { | |
| 5001 int valid = 1; | |
| 5002 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers; | |
| 5003 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */ | |
| 5004 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) | |
| 5005 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier; | |
| 5006 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 5007 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier; | |
| 5008 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
| 5009 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier; | |
| 5010 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK) | |
| 5011 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */ | |
| 5012 if (valid) | |
| 5013 { | |
| 5014 char_u item_txt[10]; | |
| 5015 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */ | |
| 5016 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/'; | |
| 5017 item_txt[3] = key; | |
| 5018 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx); | |
| 5019 /* Set the modifier keys. */ | |
| 5020 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods); | |
| 5021 menu_inserted = 1; | |
| 5022 } | |
| 5023 } | |
| 5024 } | |
| 5025 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 5026 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 5027 */ | |
| 5028 if (!menu_inserted) | |
| 5029 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 5030 /* Set the menu item name. */ | |
| 593 | 5031 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 5032 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 5033 #else | |
| 7 | 5034 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 168 | 5035 #endif |
| 7 | 5036 |
| 5037 #if 0 | |
| 5038 /* Called by Vim */ | |
| 5039 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5040 #endif | |
| 5041 | |
| 593 | 5042 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 5043 CFRelease(name); |
| 5044 #else | |
| 7 | 5045 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */ |
| 5046 vim_free(name); | |
| 168 | 5047 #endif |
| 7 | 5048 } |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 void | |
| 593 | 5051 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable) |
| 7 | 5052 { |
| 5053 /* no tearoff menus */ | |
| 5054 } | |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 /* | |
| 5057 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget. | |
| 5058 */ | |
| 5059 void | |
| 593 | 5060 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 5061 { |
| 9 | 5062 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 5063 |
| 5064 if (index > 0) | |
| 5065 { | |
| 5066 if (menu->parent) | |
| 5067 { | |
| 5068 { | |
| 5069 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 5070 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); |
| 7 | 5071 |
| 5072 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */ | |
| 5073 if (menu->submenu_id != 0) | |
| 5074 { | |
| 9 | 5075 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 5076 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 5077 } |
| 5078 } | |
| 5079 } | |
| 5080 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU | |
| 5081 else | |
| 5082 { | |
| 9 | 5083 printf("gmdm 2\n"); |
| 7 | 5084 } |
| 5085 #endif | |
| 5086 } | |
| 5087 else | |
| 5088 { | |
| 5089 { | |
| 9 | 5090 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 5091 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 5092 } |
| 5093 } | |
| 5094 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */ | |
| 5095 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5096 } | |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 /* | |
| 5099 * Make a menu either grey or not grey. | |
| 5100 */ | |
| 5101 void | |
| 593 | 5102 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey) |
| 7 | 5103 { |
| 5104 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */ | |
| 9 | 5105 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 5106 /* |
| 5107 index = menu->index; | |
| 5108 */ | |
| 5109 if (grey) | |
| 5110 { | |
| 5111 if (menu->children) | |
| 5112 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5113 if (menu->parent) | |
| 5114 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 5115 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5116 } | |
| 5117 else | |
| 5118 { | |
| 5119 if (menu->children) | |
| 5120 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5121 if (menu->parent) | |
| 5122 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 5123 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5124 } | |
| 5125 } | |
| 5126 | |
| 5127 /* | |
| 5128 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden | |
| 5129 */ | |
| 5130 void | |
| 593 | 5131 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden) |
| 7 | 5132 { |
| 5133 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */ | |
| 9 | 5134 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden); |
| 7 | 5135 } |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 /* | |
| 5139 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not. | |
| 5140 */ | |
| 5141 void | |
| 593 | 5142 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void) |
| 7 | 5143 { |
| 5144 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5145 } | |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 /* | |
| 5149 * Scrollbar stuff. | |
| 5150 */ | |
| 5151 | |
| 5152 void | |
| 593 | 5153 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar( |
| 5154 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5155 int flag) | |
| 7 | 5156 { |
| 5157 if (flag) | |
| 5158 ShowControl(sb->id); | |
| 5159 else | |
| 5160 HideControl(sb->id); | |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5163 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag); |
| 7 | 5164 #endif |
| 5165 } | |
| 5166 | |
| 5167 void | |
| 593 | 5168 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( |
| 5169 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5170 long val, | |
| 5171 long size, | |
| 5172 long max) | |
| 7 | 5173 { |
| 5174 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max); | |
| 5175 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0); | |
| 5176 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val); | |
| 1107 | 5177 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size); |
| 7 | 5178 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5179 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max); |
| 7 | 5180 #endif |
| 5181 } | |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 void | |
| 593 | 5184 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos( |
| 5185 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5186 int x, | |
| 5187 int y, | |
| 5188 int w, | |
| 5189 int h) | |
| 7 | 5190 { |
| 5191 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 5192 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5193 { | |
| 9 | 5194 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y); |
| 5195 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5196 } |
| 5197 else | |
| 5198 { | |
| 9 | 5199 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5200 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5201 }*/ |
| 5202 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar) | |
| 5203 h += 1; | |
| 5204 else | |
| 5205 w += 1; | |
| 5206 | |
| 5207 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5208 x -= 15; | |
| 5209 | |
| 9 | 5210 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5211 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h); | |
| 7 | 5212 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5213 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h); |
| 7 | 5214 #endif |
| 5215 } | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 void | |
| 593 | 5218 gui_mch_create_scrollbar( |
| 5219 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5220 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */ | |
| 7 | 5221 { |
| 5222 Rect bounds; | |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 bounds.top = -16; | |
| 5225 bounds.bottom = -10; | |
| 5226 bounds.right = -10; | |
| 5227 bounds.left = -16; | |
| 5228 | |
| 9 | 5229 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow, |
| 7 | 5230 &bounds, |
| 5231 "\pScrollBar", | |
| 5232 TRUE, | |
| 5233 0, /* current*/ | |
| 5234 0, /* top */ | |
| 5235 0, /* bottom */ | |
| 5236 kControlScrollBarLiveProc, | |
| 5237 (long) sb->ident); | |
| 5238 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5239 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient); |
| 7 | 5240 #endif |
| 5241 } | |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 void | |
| 593 | 5244 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb) |
| 7 | 5245 { |
| 5246 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 5247 DisposeControl(sb->id); |
| 7 | 5248 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5249 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id); |
| 7 | 5250 #endif |
| 5251 } | |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 /* | |
| 5255 * Cursor blink functions. | |
| 5256 * | |
| 5257 * This is a simple state machine: | |
| 5258 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all | |
| 5259 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown | |
| 5260 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown | |
| 5261 */ | |
| 5262 void | |
| 5263 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off) | |
| 5264 { | |
| 5265 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5266 /* blink_waittime = wait; | |
| 5267 blink_ontime = on; | |
| 5268 blink_offtime = off;*/ | |
| 5269 } | |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 /* | |
| 5272 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown. | |
| 5273 */ | |
| 5274 void | |
| 593 | 5275 gui_mch_stop_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5276 { |
| 5277 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5278 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5279 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); | |
| 5280 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF) | |
| 5281 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5282 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/ | |
| 5283 } | |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 /* | |
| 5286 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the | |
| 5287 * waiting time and shows the cursor. | |
| 5288 */ | |
| 5289 void | |
| 593 | 5290 gui_mch_start_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5291 { |
| 5292 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5293 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5294 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */ | |
| 5295 | |
| 5296 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */ | |
| 5297 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime) | |
| 5298 { | |
| 5299 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime, | |
| 5300 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer); | |
| 5301 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
| 5302 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5303 }*/ | |
| 5304 } | |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 /* | |
| 5307 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long. | |
| 5308 */ | |
| 5309 long_u | |
| 5310 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel) | |
| 5311 { | |
| 5312 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel); | |
| 5313 } | |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
| 5318 /* | |
| 5319 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory, | |
| 5320 * or NULL if Cancel is hit. | |
| 5321 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened. | |
| 5322 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog. | |
| 5323 * dflt - Default name of file. | |
| 5324 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions. | |
| 5325 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir) | |
| 5326 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from. | |
| 5327 * Has a format like this: | |
| 5328 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0" | |
| 5329 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0" | |
| 5330 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file | |
| 5331 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will | |
| 5332 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files. | |
| 5333 * | |
| 5334 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls. | |
| 5335 */ | |
| 5336 char_u * | |
| 5337 gui_mch_browse( | |
| 5338 int saving, | |
| 5339 char_u *title, | |
| 5340 char_u *dflt, | |
| 5341 char_u *ext, | |
| 5342 char_u *initdir, | |
| 5343 char_u *filter) | |
| 5344 { | |
| 5345 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */ | |
| 5346 NavReplyRecord reply; | |
| 5347 char_u *fname = NULL; | |
| 5348 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 5349 long numFiles; | |
| 5350 NavDialogOptions navOptions; | |
| 5351 OSErr error; | |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */ | |
| 9 | 5354 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions); |
| 7 | 5355 |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */ | |
| 5358 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles | |
| 5359 | kNavDontAutoTranslate | |
| 5360 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems | |
| 5361 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */ | |
| 5362 | kNavAllowStationery; | |
| 5363 | |
| 9 | 5364 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message); |
| 5365 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName); | |
| 7 | 5366 /* Could set clientName? |
| 5367 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?) | |
| 5368 */ | |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 if (saving) | |
| 5371 { | |
| 5372 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 9 | 5373 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL); |
| 7 | 5374 if (!reply.validRecord) |
| 5375 return NULL; | |
| 5376 } | |
| 5377 else | |
| 5378 { | |
| 5379 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 5380 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5381 if (!reply.validRecord) | |
| 5382 return NULL; | |
| 5383 } | |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 5386 | |
| 9 | 5387 NavDisposeReply(&reply); |
| 7 | 5388 |
| 5389 if (fnames) | |
| 5390 { | |
| 5391 fname = fnames[0]; | |
| 5392 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 5393 } | |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */ | |
| 5396 return fname; | |
| 5397 } | |
| 5398 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */ | |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG | |
| 5401 /* | |
| 5402 * Stuff for dialogues | |
| 5403 */ | |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 /* | |
| 5406 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings. | |
| 5407 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.) | |
| 5408 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title. | |
| 5409 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it. | |
| 5410 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first. | |
| 5411 * dfltbutton = number of default button. | |
| 5412 * | |
| 5413 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed, | |
| 5414 * 2 for the second, etc. | |
| 5415 * | |
| 5416 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed. | |
| 5417 * -1 for unexpected error | |
| 5418 * | |
| 5419 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1. | |
| 5420 */ | |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 typedef struct | |
| 5423 { | |
| 5424 short idx; | |
| 5425 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */ | |
| 5426 Rect box; | |
| 5427 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */ | |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top) | |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 static void | |
| 5432 macMoveDialogItem( | |
| 5433 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5434 short itemNumber, | |
| 5435 short X, | |
| 5436 short Y, | |
| 5437 Rect *inBox) | |
| 5438 { | |
| 5439 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 5440 /* Untested */ | |
| 9 | 5441 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y); |
| 7 | 5442 if (inBox != nil) |
| 9 | 5443 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox); |
| 7 | 5444 #else |
| 5445 short itemType; | |
| 5446 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5447 Rect localBox; | |
| 5448 Rect *itemBox = &localBox; | |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 if (inBox != nil) | |
| 5451 itemBox = inBox; | |
| 5452 | |
| 9 | 5453 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox); |
| 5454 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top); | |
| 5455 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y); | |
| 7 | 5456 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both |
| 5457 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */ | |
| 5458 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */ | |
| 9 | 5459 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y); |
| 5460 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox); | |
| 7 | 5461 #endif |
| 5462 } | |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 static void | |
| 5465 macSizeDialogItem( | |
| 5466 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5467 short itemNumber, | |
| 5468 short width, | |
| 5469 short height) | |
| 5470 { | |
| 5471 short itemType; | |
| 5472 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5473 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5474 | |
| 9 | 5475 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5476 |
| 5477 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */ | |
| 5478 if (width == 0) | |
| 5479 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left; | |
| 5480 if (height == 0) | |
| 5481 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top; | |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 9 | 5484 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */ |
| 7 | 5485 #else |
| 5486 /* Resize the bounding box */ | |
| 5487 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width; | |
| 5488 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height; | |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both | |
| 5491 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */ | |
| 5492 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5493 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height); |
| 7 | 5494 |
| 5495 /* Configure back the item */ | |
| 9 | 5496 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5497 #endif |
| 5498 } | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 static void | |
| 5501 macSetDialogItemText( | |
| 5502 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5503 short itemNumber, | |
| 5504 Str255 itemName) | |
| 5505 { | |
| 5506 short itemType; | |
| 5507 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5508 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5509 | |
| 9 | 5510 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5511 |
| 5512 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5513 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5514 else |
| 9 | 5515 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5516 } |
| 5517 | |
| 1572 | 5518 |
| 5519 /* ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators. | |
| 5520 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 5521 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling. | |
| 5522 */ | |
| 5523 static pascal Boolean | |
| 5524 DialogHotkeyFilterProc ( | |
| 5525 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5526 EventRecord *event, | |
| 5527 DialogItemIndex *itemHit) | |
| 5528 { | |
| 5529 char_u keyHit; | |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey) | |
| 5532 { | |
| 5533 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask); | |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]) | |
| 5536 { | |
| 5537 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5538 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]); | |
| 5539 #endif | |
| 5540 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]; | |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 /* When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user | |
| 5543 * clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed | |
| 5544 * to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user | |
| 5545 * feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too | |
| 5546 * fast to be seen). | |
| 5547 */ | |
| 5548 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit; | |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 return true; /* we took care of it */ | |
| 5551 } | |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 /* Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event. | |
| 5554 * This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. */ | |
| 5555 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit); | |
| 5556 } | |
| 5557 return false; /* Let ModalDialog deal with it */ | |
| 5558 } | |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | |
| 593 | 5561 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox |
| 5562 * (Jussi) | |
| 5563 */ | |
| 7 | 5564 int |
| 5565 gui_mch_dialog( | |
| 5566 int type, | |
| 5567 char_u *title, | |
| 5568 char_u *message, | |
| 5569 char_u *buttons, | |
| 5570 int dfltbutton, | |
| 5571 char_u *textfield) | |
| 5572 { | |
| 5573 Handle buttonDITL; | |
| 5574 Handle iconDITL; | |
| 5575 Handle inputDITL; | |
| 5576 Handle messageDITL; | |
| 5577 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5578 Handle iconHandle; | |
| 5579 DialogPtr theDialog; | |
| 5580 char_u len; | |
| 5581 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */ | |
| 5582 char_u name[256]; | |
| 5583 GrafPtr oldPort; | |
| 5584 short itemHit; | |
| 5585 char_u *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5586 short hotKeys[256]; /* map of hotkey -> control ID */ |
| 5587 char_u aHotKey; | |
| 7 | 5588 Rect box; |
| 5589 short button; | |
| 5590 short lastButton; | |
| 5591 short itemType; | |
| 5592 short useIcon; | |
| 5593 short width; | |
| 1377 | 5594 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together |
| 1212 | 5595 including spacing */ |
| 7 | 5596 short widestButton = 0; |
| 5597 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5598 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5599 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5600 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5601 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 short vertical; | |
| 5604 short dialogHeight; | |
| 5605 short messageLines = 3; | |
| 5606 FontInfo textFontInfo; | |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 vgmDlgItm iconItm; | |
| 5609 vgmDlgItm messageItm; | |
| 5610 vgmDlgItm inputItm; | |
| 5611 vgmDlgItm buttonItm; | |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 WindowRef theWindow; | |
| 5614 | |
| 1572 | 5615 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP; |
| 5616 | |
| 7 | 5617 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */ |
| 5618 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL); | |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */ | |
| 9 | 5621 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1); |
| 7 | 5622 |
| 5623 /* Get the WindowRef */ | |
| 5624 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog); | |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 /* Hide the window. | |
| 5627 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing | |
| 5628 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item | |
| 5629 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9) | |
| 5630 * Could be avoided by changing the resource. | |
| 5631 */ | |
| 9 | 5632 HideWindow(theWindow); |
| 7 | 5633 |
| 5634 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog, | |
| 5635 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */ | |
| 9 | 5636 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5637 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5638 |
| 5639 /* Get the info about the default text, | |
| 5640 * used to calculate the height of the message | |
| 5641 * and of the text field */ | |
| 5642 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo); | |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 /* Set the dialog title */ | |
| 5645 if (title != NULL) | |
| 5646 { | |
| 9 | 5647 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle); |
| 5648 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle); | |
| 7 | 5649 } |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 9 | 5652 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130); |
| 7 | 5653 buttonChar = buttons; |
| 5654 button = 0; | |
| 5655 | |
| 1572 | 5656 /* initialize the hotkey mapping */ |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
1776
diff
changeset
|
5657 vim_memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys)); |
| 1572 | 5658 |
| 7 | 5659 for (;*buttonChar != 0;) |
| 5660 { | |
| 5661 /* Get the name of the button */ | |
| 5662 button++; | |
| 5663 len = 0; | |
| 5664 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++) | |
| 5665 { | |
| 5666 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR) | |
| 5667 name[++len] = *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5668 else |
| 5669 { | |
| 5670 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1); | |
| 5671 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z') | |
| 5672 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A'); | |
| 5673 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button; | |
| 5674 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5675 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey); | |
| 5676 #endif | |
| 5677 } | |
| 7 | 5678 } |
| 1572 | 5679 |
| 7 | 5680 if (*buttonChar != 0) |
| 5681 buttonChar++; | |
| 5682 name[0] = len; | |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 /* Add the button */ | |
| 9 | 5685 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */ |
| 7 | 5686 |
| 5687 /* Change the button's name */ | |
| 9 | 5688 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name); |
| 7 | 5689 |
| 5690 /* Resize the button to fit its name */ | |
| 9 | 5691 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge; |
| 7 | 5692 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */ |
| 5693 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */ | |
| 5694 if (width > maxButtonWidth) | |
| 5695 width = maxButtonWidth; | |
| 9 | 5696 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0); |
| 7 | 5697 |
| 5698 totalButtonWidth += width; | |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 if (width > widestButton) | |
| 5701 widestButton = width; | |
| 5702 } | |
| 9 | 5703 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL); |
| 7 | 5704 lastButton = button; |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 5707 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1; | |
| 9 | 5708 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131); |
| 7 | 5709 switch (type) |
| 5710 { | |
| 5711 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon; | |
| 5712 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon; | |
| 5713 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon; | |
| 5714 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon; | |
| 5715 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon; | |
| 5716 default: useIcon = kStopIcon; | |
| 5717 }; | |
| 9 | 5718 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL); |
| 5719 ReleaseResource(iconDITL); | |
| 5720 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5721 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */ |
| 9 | 5722 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon); |
| 5723 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5724 |
| 5725 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */ | |
| 5726 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2; | |
| 9 | 5727 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5728 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5729 ReleaseResource(messageDITL); | |
| 5730 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5731 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name); | |
| 5732 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5733 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 7 | 5734 |
| 5735 /* Add the input box if needed */ | |
| 5736 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5737 { | |
| 857 | 5738 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */ |
| 7 | 5739 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3; |
| 9 | 5740 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5741 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5742 ReleaseResource(inputDITL); | |
| 5743 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5744 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/ | |
| 5745 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name); | |
| 5746 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5747 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 1572 | 5748 |
| 5749 /* Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field */ | |
| 5750 gDialogHotKeys = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5751 } |
| 1572 | 5752 else |
| 5753 /* Install hotkey table */ | |
| 5754 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys; | |
| 7 | 5755 |
| 5756 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */ | |
| 9 | 5757 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton); |
| 5758 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0); | |
| 7 | 5759 |
| 5760 /* Reposition element */ | |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 /* Check if we need to force vertical */ | |
| 5763 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth) | |
| 5764 vertical = TRUE; | |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 /* Place icon */ | |
| 9 | 5767 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box); |
| 7 | 5768 iconItm.box.right = box.right; |
| 5769 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom; | |
| 5770 | |
| 5771 /* Place Message */ | |
| 5772 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace; | |
| 9 | 5773 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent)); |
| 5774 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5775 |
| 5776 /* Place Input */ | |
| 5777 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5778 { | |
| 5779 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5780 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 9 | 5781 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent); |
| 5782 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5783 /* Convert the static text into a text edit. |
| 5784 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 5785 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box); |
| 5786 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5787 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767); |
| 5788 } | |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 /* Place Button */ | |
| 5791 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5792 { | |
| 5793 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left; | |
| 5794 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5795 } | |
| 5796 else | |
| 5797 { | |
| 5798 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5799 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5800 } | |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++) | |
| 5803 { | |
| 5804 | |
| 9 | 5805 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box); |
| 1377 | 5806 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */ |
| 7 | 5807 if (vertical) |
| 5808 { | |
| 9 | 5809 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0); |
| 5810 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5811 } |
| 5812 /* Calculate position of next button */ | |
| 5813 if (vertical) | |
| 5814 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5815 else | |
| 5816 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5817 } | |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 /* Resize the dialog box */ | |
| 5820 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5821 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE); | |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 /* Magic resize */ | |
| 9 | 5824 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5825 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */ |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 /* Display it */ | |
| 5828 ShowWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5829 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */ | |
| 5830 SelectWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5831 | |
| 9 | 5832 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */ |
| 7 | 5833 #if 0 |
| 9 | 5834 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5835 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5836 #endif |
| 5837 | |
| 857 | 5838 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5839 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */ | |
| 5840 dialog_busy = TRUE; | |
| 5841 #endif | |
| 5842 | |
| 1572 | 5843 /* Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog */ |
| 5844 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc); | |
| 5845 | |
| 7 | 5846 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */ |
| 5847 do | |
| 5848 { | |
| 1572 | 5849 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit); |
| 7 | 5850 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton)); |
| 5851 | |
| 857 | 5852 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5853 dialog_busy = FALSE; | |
| 5854 #endif | |
| 5855 | |
| 7 | 5856 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */ |
| 5857 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5858 { | |
| 9 | 5859 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); |
| 5860 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name); | |
| 7 | 5861 #if IOSIZE < 256 |
| 5862 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */ | |
| 5863 if (name[0] > IOSIZE) | |
| 5864 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1; | |
| 5865 #endif | |
| 418 | 5866 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]); |
| 7 | 5867 } |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 /* Restore the original graphical port */ | |
| 9 | 5870 SetPort(oldPort); |
| 7 | 5871 |
| 1572 | 5872 /* Free the modal filterProc */ |
| 5873 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP); | |
| 5874 | |
| 7 | 5875 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */ |
| 9 | 5876 DisposeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5877 |
| 5878 return itemHit; | |
| 5879 /* | |
| 5880 * Usefull thing which could be used | |
| 5881 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout | |
| 5882 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box | |
| 5883 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem | |
| 5884 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?) | |
| 1373 | 5885 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length |
| 7 | 5886 */ |
| 5887 } | |
| 5888 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */ | |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 /* | |
| 5891 * Display the saved error message(s). | |
| 5892 */ | |
| 5893 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG | |
| 5894 void | |
| 593 | 5895 display_errors(void) |
| 7 | 5896 { |
| 5897 char *p; | |
| 5898 char_u pError[256]; | |
| 5899 | |
| 593 | 5900 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL) |
| 5901 return; | |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */ | |
| 5904 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p) | |
| 5905 if (!isspace(*p)) | |
| 5906 { | |
| 5907 if (STRLEN(p) > 255) | |
| 5908 pError[0] = 255; | |
| 5909 else | |
| 5910 pError[0] = STRLEN(p); | |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]); | |
| 5913 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil); | |
| 5914 Alert(128, nil); | |
| 5915 break; | |
| 5916 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars | |
| 5917 * use auto-sizeable alert | |
| 5918 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone) | |
| 5919 */ | |
| 5920 } | |
| 5921 ga_clear(&error_ga); | |
| 7 | 5922 } |
| 5923 #endif | |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 /* | |
| 87 | 5926 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window. |
| 7 | 5927 */ |
| 95 | 5928 void |
| 5929 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y) | |
| 7 | 5930 { |
| 5931 Point where; | |
| 5932 | |
| 5933 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5934 | |
| 87 | 5935 *x = where.h; |
| 5936 *y = where.v; | |
| 7 | 5937 } |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 void | |
| 593 | 5940 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y) |
| 7 | 5941 { |
| 5942 /* TODO */ | |
| 5943 #if 0 | |
| 5944 /* From FAQ 3-11 */ | |
| 5945 | |
| 5946 CursorDevicePtr myMouse; | |
| 5947 Point where; | |
| 5948 | |
| 9 | 5949 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap) |
| 5950 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap)) | |
| 7 | 5951 { |
| 5952 /* New way */ | |
| 5953 | |
| 5954 /* | |
| 5955 * Get first devoice with one button. | |
| 5956 * This will probably be the standad mouse | |
| 5957 * startat head of cursor dev list | |
| 5958 * | |
| 5959 */ | |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 myMouse = nil; | |
| 5962 | |
| 5963 do | |
| 5964 { | |
| 5965 /* Get the next cursor device */ | |
| 5966 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse); | |
| 5967 } | |
| 9 | 5968 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1)); |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y); | |
| 7 | 5971 } |
| 5972 else | |
| 5973 { | |
| 5974 /* Old way */ | |
| 5975 where.h = x; | |
| 5976 where.v = y; | |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 *(Point *)RawMouse = where; | |
| 5979 *(Point *)MTemp = where; | |
| 5980 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF; | |
| 5981 } | |
| 5982 #endif | |
| 5983 } | |
| 5984 | |
| 5985 void | |
| 593 | 5986 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 5987 { |
| 5988 /* | |
| 5989 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 5990 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 5991 * Call the procedure | |
| 5992 */ | |
| 5993 | |
| 5994 MenuHandle CntxMenu; | |
| 5995 Point where; | |
| 5996 OSStatus status; | |
| 5997 UInt32 CntxType; | |
| 5998 SInt16 CntxMenuID; | |
| 5999 UInt16 CntxMenuItem; | |
| 6000 Str255 HelpName = ""; | |
| 6001 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */ | |
| 9 | 6004 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 6007 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/ | |
| 7 | 6008 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle; |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */ | |
| 6011 | |
| 6012 /* Call to Handle Popup */ | |
| 1089 | 6013 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp, |
| 1012 | 6014 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 6015 |
| 6016 if (status == noErr) | |
| 6017 { | |
| 6018 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6019 { | |
| 6020 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 6021 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 1012 | 6022 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by |
| 6023 * ContextualMenuSelect */ | |
| 9 | 6024 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 6025 } |
| 6026 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 6027 { | |
| 6028 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 6029 } | |
| 6030 } | |
| 6031 | |
| 6032 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 6033 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 7 | 6034 } |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6037 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */ | |
| 6038 void | |
| 6039 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf) | |
| 6040 { | |
| 9 | 6041 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec); |
| 6042 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf); | |
| 7 | 6043 } |
| 6044 #endif | |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 6047 /* | |
| 6048 * Set the window title and icon. | |
| 6049 * (The icon is not taken care of). | |
| 6050 */ | |
| 6051 void | |
| 593 | 6052 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon) |
| 7 | 6053 { |
| 6054 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller | |
| 6055 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar. | |
| 6056 */ | |
| 766 | 6057 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 6058 CFStringRef windowTitle; |
| 6059 size_t windowTitleLen; | |
| 6060 #else | |
| 7 | 6061 char_u *pascalTitle; |
| 168 | 6062 #endif |
| 7 | 6063 |
| 6064 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 6065 return; | |
| 6066 | |
| 766 | 6067 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 6068 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title); |
| 1621 | 6069 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen); |
| 168 | 6070 |
| 6071 if (windowTitle) | |
| 6072 { | |
| 6073 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle); | |
| 6074 CFRelease(windowTitle); | |
| 6075 } | |
| 6076 #else | |
| 7 | 6077 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title); |
| 6078 if (pascalTitle != NULL) | |
| 6079 { | |
| 6080 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle); | |
| 6081 vim_free(pascalTitle); | |
| 6082 } | |
| 168 | 6083 #endif |
| 7 | 6084 } |
| 6085 #endif | |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 /* | |
| 6088 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work | |
| 6089 */ | |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 int | |
| 593 | 6092 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString) |
| 7 | 6093 { |
| 6094 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString; | |
| 6095 int len; | |
| 6096 int i; | |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 PascalPtr[0] = 0; | |
| 6099 if (CString == NULL) | |
| 6100 return 0; | |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 len = STRLEN(CString); | |
| 6103 if (len > 255) | |
| 6104 len = 255; | |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
| 6107 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i]; | |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 PascalPtr[0] = len; | |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 return 0; | |
| 6112 } | |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 int | |
| 593 | 6115 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec) |
| 7 | 6116 { |
| 6117 /* From FAQ 8-12 */ | |
| 6118 Str255 filePascal; | |
| 6119 CInfoPBRec myCPB; | |
| 6120 OSErr err; | |
| 6121 | |
| 9 | 6122 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal); |
| 7 | 6123 |
| 6124 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal; | |
| 6125 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0; | |
| 6126 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6127 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0; | |
| 6128 | |
| 9 | 6129 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6130 |
| 6131 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */ | |
| 9 | 6132 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec); |
| 7 | 6133 |
| 6134 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */ | |
| 6135 return 0; | |
| 6136 } | |
| 6137 | |
| 6138 /* | |
| 6139 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path | |
| 6140 */ | |
| 6141 | |
| 9 | 6142 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file) |
| 7 | 6143 { |
| 6144 /* | |
| 6145 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max. | |
| 6146 */ | |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 CInfoPBRec theCPB; | |
| 6149 char_u fname[256]; | |
| 6150 char_u *filenamePtr = fname; | |
| 6151 OSErr error; | |
| 6152 int folder = 1; | |
| 6153 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6154 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum; | |
| 6155 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID; | |
| 6156 FSRef refFile; | |
| 6157 OSStatus status; | |
| 6158 UInt32 pathSize = 256; | |
| 6159 char_u pathname[256]; | |
| 6160 char_u *path = pathname; | |
| 6161 #else | |
| 6162 Str255 directoryName; | |
| 6163 char_u temporary[255]; | |
| 6164 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary; | |
| 6165 #endif | |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6168 /* Get the default volume */ | |
| 6169 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/ | |
| 9 | 6170 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID); |
| 7 | 6171 |
| 6172 if (error) | |
| 6173 return NULL; | |
| 6174 #endif | |
| 6175 | |
| 6176 /* Start filling fname with file.name */ | |
| 418 | 6177 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]); |
| 7 | 6178 |
| 6179 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */ | |
| 6180 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6181 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name; | |
| 6182 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1106 | 6183 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/ |
| 7 | 6184 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; |
| 6185 | |
| 6186 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr, | |
| 6187 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */ | |
| 9 | 6188 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6189 |
| 6190 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */ | |
| 6191 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr)) | |
| 6192 return NULL; | |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 /* Check if it's a file or folder */ | |
| 6195 /* default to file if file don't exist */ | |
| 6196 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error)) | |
| 6197 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */ | |
| 6198 else | |
| 6199 folder = 1; | |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6202 /* | |
| 6203 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but | |
| 6204 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9 | |
| 6205 */ | |
| 6206 if (error == fnfErr) | |
| 6207 { | |
| 6208 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible | |
| 6209 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an | |
| 6210 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and | |
| 6211 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert | |
| 6212 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path, | |
| 6213 and, finally, append the filename. */ | |
| 6214 FSSpec dirSpec; | |
| 6215 FSRef dirRef; | |
| 6216 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p"; | |
| 6217 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum, | |
| 6218 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec); | |
| 6219 if (error) | |
| 6220 return NULL; | |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef); | |
| 6223 if (error) | |
| 6224 return NULL; | |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize); | |
| 6227 if (status) | |
| 6228 return NULL; | |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 STRCAT(path, "/"); | |
| 6231 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr); | |
| 6232 } | |
| 6233 else | |
| 6234 { | |
| 6235 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path | |
| 6236 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */ | |
| 9 | 6237 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile); |
| 7 | 6238 if (error) |
| 6239 return NULL; | |
| 6240 | |
| 9 | 6241 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize); |
| 7 | 6242 if (status) |
| 6243 return NULL; | |
| 6244 } | |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */ | |
| 6247 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6248 STRCAT(path, "/"); |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 return (vim_strsave(path)); | |
| 7 | 6251 #else |
| 6252 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */ | |
| 6253 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */ | |
| 6254 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; | |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value | |
| 6257 * we want for ioDrDirID*/ | |
| 6258 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID; | |
| 6259 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; | |
| 6260 | |
| 9 | 6261 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/)) |
| 7 | 6262 do |
| 6263 { | |
| 6264 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6265 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6266 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6267 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6268 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6269 | |
| 6270 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6271 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6272 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6273 |
| 6274 if (error) | |
| 6275 return NULL; | |
| 6276 | |
| 6277 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */ | |
| 6278 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6279 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6280 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6281 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6282 } | |
| 6283 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */ | |
| 6284 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */ | |
| 6285 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/); | |
| 6286 #else | |
| 6287 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID); | |
| 6288 #endif | |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */ | |
| 6291 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6292 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6293 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6294 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6295 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6296 | |
| 6297 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6298 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6299 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6300 |
| 6301 if (error) | |
| 6302 return NULL; | |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */ | |
| 6305 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */ | |
| 1212 | 6306 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */ |
| 7 | 6307 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME |
| 6308 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum) | |
| 6309 #endif | |
| 6310 { | |
| 6311 /* Add the volume name */ | |
| 6312 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6313 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6314 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6315 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6318 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 6319 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */ | |
| 6320 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:"); | |
| 6321 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6322 #endif | |
| 6323 } | |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */ | |
| 6326 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6327 STRCAT(fname, ":"); |
| 7 | 6328 |
| 6329 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */ | |
| 6330 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6331 /* Need to insert leading / */ | |
| 6332 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */ | |
| 6333 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr); | |
| 6334 temporaryPtr[0] = '/'; | |
| 6335 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6336 { | |
| 6337 char *p; | |
| 6338 for (p = fname; *p; p++) | |
| 6339 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6340 *p = '/'; | |
| 6341 } | |
| 6342 #endif | |
| 6343 | |
| 9 | 6344 return (vim_strsave(fname)); |
| 7 | 6345 #endif |
| 6346 } | |
| 6347 | |
| 1562 | 6348 #if (defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)) && defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER) |
| 7 | 6349 /* |
| 6350 * Input Method Control functions. | |
| 6351 */ | |
| 6352 | |
| 6353 /* | |
| 6354 * Notify cursor position to IM. | |
| 6355 */ | |
| 6356 void | |
| 6357 im_set_position(int row, int col) | |
| 6358 { | |
| 1562 | 6359 #if 0 |
| 7 | 6360 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 6361 im_start_row = row; |
| 6362 im_start_col = col; | |
| 6363 #endif | |
| 6364 } | |
| 6365 | |
| 6366 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow; | |
| 6367 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert; | |
| 6368 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 }; | |
| 6369 | |
| 6370 static Component gTSCWindow; | |
| 6371 static Component gTSCInsert; | |
| 6372 static Component gTSCDefault; | |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 static int im_initialized = 0; | |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 static void | |
| 6377 im_on_window_switch(int active) | |
| 6378 { | |
| 6379 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; | |
| 6380 OSStatus err; | |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6383 return; | |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6386 { | |
| 6387 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6390 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6391 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6392 } | |
| 6393 | |
| 6394 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6395 { | |
| 6396 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6397 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6398 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 if (slptr) | |
| 6401 { | |
| 6402 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6403 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6404 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6405 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6408 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6409 } | |
| 6410 } | |
| 6411 else | |
| 6412 { | |
| 6413 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow); | |
| 6414 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6415 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6416 | |
| 6417 if (slptr) | |
| 6418 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6419 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6420 | |
| 6421 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6422 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6423 } | |
| 7 | 6424 } |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 /* | |
| 6427 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE). | |
| 6428 */ | |
| 6429 void | |
| 6430 im_set_active(int active) | |
| 6431 { | |
| 1562 | 6432 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; |
| 6433 OSStatus err; | |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6436 return; | |
| 6437 | |
| 6438 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6439 { | |
| 6440 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6443 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6444 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6445 } | |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6448 { | |
| 6449 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6450 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6451 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 if (slptr) | |
| 6454 { | |
| 6455 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6456 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6457 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6458 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6461 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6462 } | |
| 6463 } | |
| 6464 else | |
| 6465 { | |
| 6466 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert); | |
| 6467 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6468 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 if (slptr) | |
| 6471 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6472 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could | |
| 6475 * enter commands easier */ | |
| 6476 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6477 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6478 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault); | |
| 6479 | |
| 6480 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6481 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6482 } | |
| 7 | 6483 } |
| 6484 | |
| 6485 /* | |
| 6486 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0. | |
| 6487 */ | |
| 6488 int | |
| 593 | 6489 im_get_status(void) |
| 7 | 6490 { |
| 1562 | 6491 if (! gui.in_use) |
| 6492 return 0; | |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 return im_is_active; | |
| 7 | 6495 } |
| 1106 | 6496 |
| 7 | 6497 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */ |
| 1106 | 6498 |
| 6499 | |
| 6500 | |
| 6501 | |
| 6502 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6503 // drawer implementation | |
| 6504 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL; | |
| 6505 enum | |
| 6506 { | |
| 6507 kTabContextMenuId = 42, | |
| 6508 }; | |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string | |
| 6511 static CFStringRef | |
| 6512 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page) | |
| 6513 { | |
| 6514 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE); | |
| 6515 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT | |
| 1621 | 6516 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff)); |
| 1106 | 6517 #else |
| 6518 // TODO: check internal encoding? | |
| 6519 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff, | |
| 6520 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman); | |
| 6521 #endif | |
| 6522 } | |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150 | |
| 6526 #define DRAWER_INSET 16 | |
| 6527 | |
| 6528 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL; | |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When | |
| 6531 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before upate_tabline(), | |
| 6532 // and because of this, the tab labels and vims internal tabs are out of sync | |
| 6533 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels | |
| 6534 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time). | |
| 6535 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL; | |
| 6536 static int tabLabelsSize = 0; | |
| 6537 | |
| 6538 enum | |
| 6539 { | |
| 6540 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs' | |
| 6541 }; | |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 static int | |
| 6544 getTabCount(void) | |
| 6545 { | |
| 6546 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6547 int numTabs = 0; | |
| 6548 | |
| 6549 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 1562 | 6550 ++numTabs; |
| 1106 | 6551 return numTabs; |
| 6552 } | |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 // data browser item display callback | |
| 6555 static OSStatus | |
| 6556 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6557 DataBrowserItemID itemID, | |
| 1562 | 6558 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */, |
| 6559 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, | |
| 1106 | 6560 Boolean changeValue) |
| 6561 { | |
| 6562 OSStatus status = noErr; | |
| 6563 | |
| 6564 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated?? | |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 // changeValue is true if we have a modifieable list and data was changed. | |
| 6567 // In our case, it's always false. | |
| 6568 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return | |
| 6569 // internalData(); | |
| 6570 if (!changeValue) | |
| 6571 { | |
| 6572 CFStringRef str; | |
| 6573 | |
| 6574 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize); | |
| 6575 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1]; | |
| 6576 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str); | |
| 6577 } | |
| 6578 else | |
| 6579 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported; | |
| 6580 | |
| 6581 return status; | |
| 6582 } | |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 // data browser action callback | |
| 6585 static void | |
| 6586 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6587 DataBrowserItemID item, | |
| 6588 DataBrowserItemNotification message) | |
| 6589 { | |
| 6590 switch (message) | |
| 6591 { | |
| 6592 case kDataBrowserItemSelected: | |
| 6593 send_tabline_event(item); | |
| 6594 break; | |
| 6595 } | |
| 6596 } | |
| 6597 | |
| 6598 // callbacks needed for contextual menu: | |
| 6599 static void | |
| 6600 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6601 MenuRef *menu, | |
| 1562 | 6602 UInt32 *helpType, |
| 1106 | 6603 CFStringRef *helpItemString, |
| 1562 | 6604 AEDesc *selection) |
| 1106 | 6605 { |
| 6606 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same | |
| 6607 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-) | |
| 6608 *helpItemString = NULL; | |
| 6609 | |
| 6610 *menu = contextMenu; | |
| 6611 } | |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 static void | |
| 6614 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6615 MenuRef menu, | |
| 6616 UInt32 selectionType, | |
| 6617 SInt16 menuID, | |
| 6618 MenuItemIndex menuItem) | |
| 6619 { | |
| 6620 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6621 { | |
| 6622 MenuCommand command; | |
| 6623 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command); | |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared | |
| 6626 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu | |
| 6627 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some | |
| 6628 // way, the finder does it too ;-) ) | |
| 6629 Handle items = NewHandle(0); | |
| 6630 if (items != NULL) | |
| 6631 { | |
| 6632 int numItems; | |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false, | |
| 6635 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items); | |
| 6636 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID); | |
| 6637 if (numItems > 0) | |
| 6638 { | |
| 6639 int idx; | |
| 6640 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr; | |
| 6641 | |
| 6642 HLock(items); | |
| 6643 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items; | |
| 6644 idx = itemsPtr[0]; | |
| 6645 HUnlock(items); | |
| 6646 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command); | |
| 6647 } | |
| 6648 DisposeHandle(items); | |
| 6649 } | |
| 6650 } | |
| 6651 } | |
| 6652 | |
| 6653 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim | |
| 6654 static OSStatus | |
| 6655 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6656 { | |
| 6657 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl | |
| 6658 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart); | |
| 6659 | |
| 6660 return paramErr; | |
| 6661 } | |
| 6662 | |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size | |
| 6665 static OSStatus | |
| 6666 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6667 { | |
| 6668 switch (GetEventKind(event)) | |
| 6669 { | |
| 6670 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize | |
| 6671 { | |
| 6672 UInt32 attribs; | |
| 6673 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32, | |
| 6674 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs); | |
| 6675 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize | |
| 6676 { | |
| 6677 Rect r; | |
| 6678 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 6679 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 6680 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r); | |
| 6681 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser, | |
| 6682 kTabsColumn, r.right); | |
| 6683 } | |
| 6684 } | |
| 6685 break; | |
| 6686 } | |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 6689 } | |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better). | |
| 6692 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the | |
| 6693 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.) | |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 #import <mach-o/dyld.h> | |
| 6697 | |
| 6698 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) }; | |
| 6699 | |
| 6700 static OSStatus | |
| 6701 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6702 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, | |
| 6703 OptionBits inAttributesToClear) | |
| 6704 { | |
| 6705 long osVersion; | |
| 6706 char *symbolName; | |
| 6707 NSSymbol symbol = NULL; | |
| 6708 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6709 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6710 | |
| 6711 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion); | |
| 6712 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up) | |
| 6713 return noErr; | |
| 6714 | |
| 6715 // C name mangling... | |
| 6716 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes"; | |
| 6717 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName) | |
| 6718 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL) | |
| 6719 return noErr; | |
| 6720 | |
| 6721 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol); | |
| 6722 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL) | |
| 6723 return noErr; // well... | |
| 6724 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser, | |
| 6725 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6726 } | |
| 6727 | |
| 6728 static void | |
| 6729 initialise_tabline(void) | |
| 6730 { | |
| 6731 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE }; | |
| 6732 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks; | |
| 6733 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart}; | |
| 6734 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged}; | |
| 6735 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc; | |
| 6736 | |
| 6737 // drawers have to have compositing enabled | |
| 6738 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass, | |
| 6739 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute | |
| 6740 | kWindowCompositingAttribute | |
| 6741 | kWindowResizableAttribute | |
| 6742 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute, | |
| 6743 &drawerRect, &drawer); | |
| 6744 | |
| 6745 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true); | |
| 6746 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow); | |
| 6747 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET); | |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 | |
| 6750 // create list view embedded in drawer | |
| 6751 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView, | |
| 6752 &dataBrowser); | |
| 6753 | |
| 6754 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks; | |
| 6755 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks); | |
| 6756 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback = | |
| 6757 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback); | |
| 6758 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback = | |
| 6759 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback); | |
| 6760 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6761 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6762 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6763 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks); | |
| 6766 | |
| 6767 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header | |
| 6768 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical | |
| 6769 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser, | |
| 6770 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet); | |
| 6771 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser, | |
| 6772 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite); | |
| 6773 Boolean b = false; | |
| 6774 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl, | |
| 6775 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b); | |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim | |
| 6778 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this | |
| 6779 // function dynamically) | |
| 6780 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser, | |
| 6781 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0); | |
| 6782 | |
| 6783 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser | |
| 6784 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent, | |
| 6785 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6786 | |
| 6787 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer | |
| 6788 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent, | |
| 6789 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6790 | |
| 6791 // add "tabs" column to data browser | |
| 6792 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn; | |
| 6793 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType; | |
| 6794 | |
| 6795 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn | |
| 6796 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags; | |
| 6797 | |
| 6798 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc; | |
| 6799 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100; | |
| 6800 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150; | |
| 6801 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0; | |
| 6802 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs"); | |
| 6803 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing; | |
| 6804 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font | |
| 6805 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly; | |
| 6806 | |
| 6807 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0); | |
| 6808 | |
| 6809 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu) | |
| 6810 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu); | |
| 6811 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close"), 0, | |
| 6812 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL); | |
| 6813 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0, | |
| 6814 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL); | |
| 6815 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0, | |
| 6816 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL); | |
| 6817 } | |
| 6818 | |
| 6819 | |
| 6820 /* | |
| 6821 * Show or hide the tabline. | |
| 6822 */ | |
| 6823 void | |
| 6824 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit) | |
| 6825 { | |
| 6826 if (showit == 0) | |
| 1562 | 6827 CloseDrawer(drawer, true); |
| 1106 | 6828 else |
| 1562 | 6829 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true); |
| 1106 | 6830 } |
| 6831 | |
| 6832 /* | |
| 6833 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed. | |
| 6834 */ | |
| 6835 int | |
| 6836 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void) | |
| 6837 { | |
| 6838 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer); | |
| 6839 | |
| 6840 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening; | |
| 6841 } | |
| 6842 | |
| 6843 /* | |
| 6844 * Update the labels of the tabline. | |
| 6845 */ | |
| 6846 void | |
| 6847 gui_mch_update_tabline(void) | |
| 6848 { | |
| 6849 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6850 int numTabs = getTabCount(); | |
| 6851 int nr = 1; | |
| 6852 int curtabidx = 1; | |
| 6853 | |
| 6854 // adjust data browser | |
| 6855 if (tabLabels != NULL) | |
| 6856 { | |
| 1562 | 6857 int i; |
| 6858 | |
| 6859 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i) | |
| 6860 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]); | |
| 6861 free(tabLabels); | |
| 1106 | 6862 } |
| 6863 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef)); | |
| 6864 tabLabelsSize = numTabs; | |
| 6865 | |
| 6866 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr) | |
| 6867 { | |
| 6868 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 6869 curtabidx = nr; | |
| 1562 | 6870 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp); |
| 1106 | 6871 } |
| 6872 | |
| 6873 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL, | |
| 6874 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6875 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we | |
| 6876 // can pass NULL for the id array | |
| 6877 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL, | |
| 6878 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx; | |
| 6881 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6882 } | |
| 6883 | |
| 6884 /* | |
| 6885 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1. | |
| 6886 */ | |
| 6887 void | |
| 6888 gui_mch_set_curtab(nr) | |
| 6889 int nr; | |
| 6890 { | |
| 6891 DataBrowserItemID item = nr; | |
| 6892 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6893 | |
| 6894 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...) | |
| 6895 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn, | |
| 6896 kDataBrowserRevealOnly); | |
| 6897 } | |
| 6898 | |
| 6899 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |